100% found this document useful (1 vote)

4K views235 pages

SM MultiV 5 OutdoorUnits PDF

Uploaded by

Rizky Febrinaldi

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (1 vote)

4K views235 pages

SM MultiV 5 OutdoorUnits PDF

Uploaded by

Rizky Febrinaldi

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 235

SERVICE MANUAL

Variable Refrigerant Flow Outdoor Units

6.0 to 42.0 Tons
PROPRIETARY DATA NOTICE
This document, as well as all reports, illustrations, data, information,
and other materials are the property of LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., and are
disclosed by LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc. only in confidence.

Do not throw away, destroy, or lose this manual.

Please read carefully and store in a safe place for future reference.
Content familiarity is required for proper installation.

The instructions included in this manual must be followed to prevent product malfunction, property damage, injury, or death to the user or
other people. Incorrect operation due to ignoring any instructions will cause harm or damage. The level of seriousness is classified by the
symbols described by the summary list of safety precautions on page 4.

For more technical materials such as submittals, catalogs, engineering,

installation, best practices, and owner’s manuals, visit www.lghvac.com.

For continual product development, LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc. reserves the right to change specifications without notice.
© LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Safety Precautions ............................................................................. 4-7 Troubleshooting Main Components ..........................................111-124

Test Run ........................................................................................... 111
Nomenclature......................................................................................... 8 Main Component Errors ...................................................................112
Self Diagnostics Check.....................................................................113
Wiring Diagrams ............................................................................... 9-16
Checking the Compressor ........................................................114-115
Refrigerant Flow Diagrams ............................................................ 17-42 Checking the Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ..............................................115
Checking the Electronic Expansion Valves................................116-118
Outdoor Unit Functions ................................................................. 43-87 Checking the Phase Bridge Diode....................................................119
Basic Control ................................................................................ 43-44 Checking the Inverter IPM / IGBT.................................................... 120
Normal Operation/Compressor Control ......................................... 43 Checking the Fan IPM ..................................................................... 121
Master-Slave EEVs/Fan Motor Control ......................................... 44 Checking the High / Low Pressure Sensors ................................... 122
Special Control ............................................................................. 45-47 Checking the Outdoor Fan .............................................................. 122
Oil Return Control .......................................................................... 45 Checking the Valves ................................................................. 123-124
Defrost Control / Partial Defrost Control ........................................ 46
Stop Operation / Oil Equalizing ..................................................... 47 Error Codes ................................................................................. 125-216
Protection Control ......................................................................... 48-49 Error Code General Information ...................................................... 125
Pressure Protection Control .......................................................... 48 Error Code Tables ..................................................................... 126-135
Discharge Temperature/Inverter Protection ................................... 49 Error Codes .............................................................................. 136-208
Other Controls .............................................................................. 50-53 Replacing the Inverter PCB Heat Sink ............................................ 209
Initial Setup ............................................................................... 50-53 Checking Input Voltage in Case of Power On ................................. 210
Quick Control ................................................................................. 53 Checking Main PCB DC Voltage in Case of Power On ....................211
Setting Optional Modes ................................................................ 54-87 Checking Converter DC Link Voltage in Case of
Compressor Operating .................................................................. 212
Heat Recovery Units....................................................................... 88-95 Checking ODU to ODU Comm. (DC Voltage) in
Parts Functions.................................................................................. 88 Case of Power On ......................................................................... 213
Dimensional Diagrams ................................................................. 89-91 Checking Inverter PCB in Case of Power Off .................................. 214
Wiring Diagram .................................................................................. 92 Power System Wiring Diagram........................................................ 215
Refrigerant Circuit Diagram ............................................................... 93 PCB Locations ................................................................................. 216
Functions ...................................................................................... 94-95
Parts............................................................................................. 217-234
PCB Settings ................................................................................. 96-110 PCBs ........................................................................................ 217-225
Outdoor Unit DIP Switch Settings ...................................................... 96 PCBs - Expanded Internal View ............................................... 226-228
Heat Recovery Unit Settings ...................................................... 97-102 Expanded Frame View ............................................................. 229-234
Indoor Unit Addressing ............................................................. 103-104
Pipe Detection Addressing ....................................................... 105-110

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 3
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

The instructions below must be followed to prevent product malfunction, property damage, injury or death to the user or other people. Incor-
rect operation due to ignoring any instructions will cause harm or damage. The level of seriousness is classified by the symbols described
below.
TABLE OF SYMBOLS
DANGER This symbol indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING This symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION This symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

This symbol indicates situations that may result in equipment or property damage accidents only.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

This symbol indicates an action that should not be performed.

INSTALLATION
DANGER
'RQRWVWRUHRUXVHÀDPPDEOHJDVRUFRPEXVWLEOHVQHDU Do not supply power to the unit until all wiring and piping
the unit. are completed or reconnected and checked.
7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHH[SORVLRQDQGSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK There is risk of physical injury or death due to electric shock.

WARNING
Do not install or remove the unit by yourself (end user). If the air conditioner is installed in a small space, take
Ask the dealer or an LG trained technician to install the unit. measures to prevent the refrigerant concentration from
,PSURSHULQVWDOODWLRQE\WKHXVHUZLOOUHVXOWLQ¿UHH[SORVLRQHOHFWULF exceeding safety limits in the event of a refrigerant leak.
shock, physical injury or death. Consult the latest edition of American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Standard 15.
For replacement of an installed unit, always contact an LG If the refrigerant leaks and safety limits are exceeded, it could result in
trained service provider. personal injuries or death from oxygen depletion.
7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNH[SORVLRQDQGSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RU
death. The heat recovery unit must be installed indoors; do not
install the heat recovery unit in a highly humid environment.
Wear protective gloves when handling equipment. Sharp There is risk of physical injury or death due to electric shock.
edges will cause personal injury.
Dispose of the packing materials safely.
Do not change the settings of the protection devices. • Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden parts,
If the protection devices have been bypassed or are forced to operate will cause puncture wounds or other injuries.
LPSURSHUO\RUSDUWVRWKHUWKDQWKRVHVSHFL¿HGE\/*DUHXVHGWKHUHLV • Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that children
ULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNH[SORVLRQDQGSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK will not play with them and risk suffocation and death.

Replace all control box and panel covers. Install the unit considering the potential for strong winds or
If cover panels are not securely installed, dust, water, and animals will earthquakes.
HQWHUWKHRXWGRRUXQLWFDXVLQJ¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNDQGSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RU Improper installation will cause the unit to fall over, resulting in physical
death. injury or death.

Always check for system refrigerant leaks after the unit has Install the unit in a safe location where nobody can step, fall
been installed or serviced. onto it, or place objects on it. Do not install the unit on a
Exposure to high concentration levels of refrigerant gas will lead to defective stand.
illness or death. It will result in an accident that causes physical injury or death.

Periodically check that the outdoor frame is not damaged.

There is a risk of explosion, physical injury, or death.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
4
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING
Properly insulate all cold surfaces to prevent “sweating.”
Cold surfaces such as uninsulated piping can generate condensate that could drip, causing a slippery surface that creates a risk of slipping, falling,
and personal injury.

CAUTION
Be very careful when transporting the product. There is a risk of the product falling and causing physical injury.
• Use appropriate moving equipment to transport each frame; ensure the equipment is capable of supporting the weights listed.
• Some products use polypropylene bands for packaging. Do not use polypropylene bands to lift the unit.
• Suspend the outdoor unit from the base at specified positions (at a minimum of six [6] points) to avoid slippage from rigging apparatus.

LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., is not responsible for any piping Keep the unit upright during installation to avoid vibration or
calculations, refrigerant leaks, degradation of performance, water leakage.
or any other potential problems or damages as a result of
interconnecting piping, their joint connections, isolation When installing the unit in a hospital, mechanical room, or

Safety Precautions
valves, introduced debris inside the piping system, or other VLPLODUHOHFWURPDJQHWLF¿HOG(0)VHQVLWLYHHQYLURQPHQW
problems caused by the interconnecting piping system. SURYLGHVXႈFLHQWSURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWHOHFWULFDOQRLVH
Inverter equipment, power generators, high-frequency medical equip-
Do not install the product where it is exposed directly to ment or radio communication equipment will cause the air conditioner to
ocean winds. operate improperly. The unit will also affect such equipment by creating
Sea salt in the air will cause the product to corrode. Corrosion, par- electrical noise that disturbs medical treatment or image broadcasting.
WLFXODUO\RQWKHFRQGHQVHUDQGHYDSRUDWRU¿QVFRXOGFDXVHSURGXFW
PDOIXQFWLRQRULQHI¿FLHQWRSHUDWLRQ The heat recovery box must be installed indoors; do not
install the heat recovery box in a highly humid environment.
When installing the outdoor unit in a low-lying area, or a lo- There is risk of product failure and property damage.
cation that is not level, use a raised concrete pad or concrete
blocks to provide a solid, level foundation. When connecting refrigerant piping, remember to allow for
This prevents water damage and abnormal vibration. pipe expansion.
Improper piping installation will cause system malfunction.
Properly insulate all cold surfaces to prevent “sweating.”
Cold surfaces such as uninsulated piping can generate condensate that Do not install the outdoor unit or heat recovery unit in a
will drip and cause a slippery surface condition and / or water damage noise-sensitive area.
to walls.
Take appropriate actions at the end of HVAC equipment life
Always check for system refrigerant leaks after the unit has to recover, recycle, reclaim, or destroy R410A refrigerant
been installed or serviced. according to applicable U.S. Environmental Protection
Low refrigerant levels will cause product failure. Agency (EPA) rules.

Do not make refrigerant substitutions. Use R410A only. Periodically check that the outdoor frame is not damaged.
If a different refrigerant is used, or air mixes with original refrigerant, the There is a risk of equipment damage.
unit will malfunction and damage will occur.
Install the unit in a safe location where no one can step on or
'RQRWVWRUHRUXVHÀDPPDEOHJDVFRPEXVWLEOHVQHDU fall onto it. Do not install the unit on a defective stand.
the unit. There is a risk of unit and property damage.
There is a risk of product failure.
Install the drain hose to ensure adequate drainage.
Do not use the product for mission critical or special pur- There is a risk of water leakage and property damage.
pose applications such as preserving foods, works of art, or
other precision air conditioning applications. The equipment
is designed to provide comfort cooling and heating.
There is risk of property damage.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 5
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WIRING
DANGER
High voltage electricity is required to operate this system. Properly size all circuit breakers or fuses.
Adhere to the U.S. National Electric Codes (NEC) and these 7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNH[SORVLRQSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK
instructions when wiring.
Improper connections and inadequate grounding can cause accidental Do not share the electrical circuit with other devices.
injury or death. 7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNDQGSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWKGXHWR
heat generation.
Always ground the unit following local, state, and NEC codes.
7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNDQGSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK Do not use damaged or loose power wiring. Do not
modify or extend the outdoor unit’s power wiring. Ensure that
7XUQWKHSRZHURႇDWWKHQHDUHVWGLVFRQQHFWEHIRUHVHUYLFLQJ the power wiring will not be pulled nor weight be placed on
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

the equipment. the power wiring during operation.

Electrical shock can cause physical injury or death. 7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNDQGSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK

WARNING
The information contained in this manual is intended for use 6HFXUHDOO¿HOGZLULQJFRQQHFWLRQVZLWKDSSURSULDWHZLUH
E\DQLQGXVWU\TXDOL¿HGH[SHULHQFHGWUDLQHGHOHFWULFLDQ strain relief.
familiar with the NEC who is equipped with the proper tools Improperly securing wires will create undue stress on equipment power
and test instruments. FRQQHFWLRQV,QDGHTXDWHFRQQHFWLRQVZLOOJHQHUDWHKHDWFDXVHD¿UH
Failure to carefully read and follow all instructions in this manual can and physical injury or death.
result in personal injury or death.
Ensure the system is connected to a dedicated power source
All electric work must be performed by a licensed electrician that provides adequate power.
and conform to local building codes or, in the absence of If the power source capacity is inadequate or the electric work is not
local codes, with the NEC, and the instructions given in this SHUIRUPHGSURSHUO\LWZLOOUHVXOWLQ¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RU
manual. death.
If the power source capacity is inadequate or the electric work is not
SHUIRUPHGSURSHUO\LWZLOOUHVXOWLQ¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RU Properly tighten all power connections.
death. /RRVHZLULQJZLOORYHUKHDWDWFRQQHFWLRQSRLQWVFDXVLQJD¿UHSK\VLFDO
injury or death.
Refer to local, state, and federal codes, and use power wires
RIVXႈFLHQWFXUUHQWFDSDFLW\DQGUDWLQJ Do not change the settings of the protection devices.
:LUHVWKDWDUHWRRVPDOOZLOOJHQHUDWHKHDWDQGFDXVHD¿UHDQGSK\VLFDO If the protection devices have been bypassed or is forced to operate
injury or death. LPSURSHUO\RUSDUWVRWKHUWKDQWKRVHVSHFL¿HGE\/*DUHXVHGWKHUHLV
ULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNH[SORVLRQDQGSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK

Do not supply power to the unit until all electrical wiring, The information contained in this manual is intended for use
controls wiring, piping, installation, and refrigerant system E\DQLQGXVWU\TXDOL¿HGH[SHULHQFHGOLFHQVHGHOHFWULFLDQ
evacuation are completed. familiar with the NEC who is equipped with the proper tools
The system will malfunction. and test instruments.
Failure to carefully read and follow all instructions in this manual can
result in equipment malfunction and property damage.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
6
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

OPERATION
DANGER
'RQRWSURYLGHSRZHUWRRURSHUDWHWKHXQLWLILWLVÀRRGHG Use inert (nitrogen) gas when performing leak tests or air
or submerged. purges. 'RQRWXVHFRPSUHVVHGDLUR[\JHQRUÀDPPDEOH
7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK gases.
8VLQJWKHVHVXEVWDQFHVZLOOFDXVH¿UHH[SORVLRQDQGSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RU
Use a dedicated breaker for this product. death.
7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK
If refrigerant leaks out, ventilate the area before operating the
Do not operate the disconnect switch with wet hands. unit.
7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK If the unit is mounted in an enclosed, low-lying, or poorly ventilated area,
DQGWKHV\VWHPGHYHORSVDUHIULJHUDQWOHDNLWZLOOFDXVHD¿UHHOHFWULF
Periodically verify the equipment mounts have not shock, explosion, physical injury or death.
deteriorated.
If the base collapses, the unit could fall and cause physical injury or death.

WARNING
Do not allow water, dirt, or animals to enter the unit. Do not touch the refrigerant piping during or after
7KHUHLVULVNRI¿UHHOHFWULFVKRFNSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK operation.

Safety Precautions
It can cause burns or frostbite.
Do not operate the unit with the panel(s) or protective
FRYHUVUHPRYHGNHHS¿QJHUVDQGFORWKLQJDZD\IURP Do not open the inlet during operation.
moving parts. There is risk of electric shock, physical injury or death.
The rotating, hot, cold, and high-voltage parts of the unit can cause
physical injury or death.

CAUTION
To avoid physical injury, use caution when cleaning or servicing the air conditioner.
There is risk of electric shock, physical injury or death.

&OHDQXSWKHVLWHDIWHUVHUYLFLQJLV¿QLVKHGDQGFKHFNWKDW Use only a soft cloth to clean the air conditioner. Do not
no metal scraps, screws, or bits of wiring have been left use wax, thinner, or strong detergents.
inside or surrounding the unit. Strong cleaning products will damage the surface of the air conditioner,
Do not use the product for mission critical or special pur- or will cause its appearance to deteriorate.
pose applications such as preserving food, works of art, or Provide power to the outdoor unit to warn the compressor
other precision air conditioning applications. The equipment crankcase at least six (6) hours before operation begins.
is designed to provide comfort cooling and heating. Starting operation with a cold compressor sump(s) will result in severe
There is risk of property damage. bearing damage to the compressor(s). Keep the power switch on during
Do not allow water, dirt, or animals to enter the unit. the operational season.
There is risk of unit failure. 'RQRWWXUQRႇWKHPDLQSRZHUVZLWFKDIWHURSHUDWLRQKDV
Do not open the inlet during operation. been stopped.
There is risk of unit failure. :DLWDWOHDVW¿YHPLQXWHVEHIRUHWXUQLQJRIIWKHPDLQSRZHUVZLWFK
otherwise it will result in product malfunction.
Do not operate the unit with the panel(s) or protective
FRYHUVUHPRYHGNHHS¿QJHUVDQGFORWKLQJDZD\IURP Do not block the inlet or outlet.
moving parts. Unit will malfunction.
Non-secured covers can result in malfunction due to dust or water in the Auto-addressing must be performed after connecting the
service panel. power of all indoor and outdoor units.
Periodically verify the equipment mounts have not Auto-addressing must also be performed after servicing an indoor unit.
deteriorated.
If the base collapses, the unit could fall and cause property damage or
product failure.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 7
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
UNIT NOMENCLATURE
Outdoor Units and Heat Recovery Units

Outdoor Units (ODU)

ARU M 072 B T E 5
Family
ARU = Multi V Outdoor Unit (Refrigerant R410A)

Type
M = Combination (Heat Pump or Heat Recovery)
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Capacity (Mbh)
072 = 72 192 = 192 312/313 = 312 432 = 432
096 = 96 216 = 216 336/337 = 336 456 = 456
121 = 121 241 = 240 360 = 360 480 = 480
144 = 144 264 = 264 384 = 384 504 = 500
168 = 168 288 = 288 408 = 408

Electrical Ratings
B = 208–230V/60Hz/3Ph
D = 460V/60Hz/3Ph

Airflow Configuration
T = Top Discharge

Efficiency
E = High Efficiency

Generation
5 = Fifth

Heat Recovery Units (HRU)

PRHR 02 2A
Family
PRHR = Multi V Heat Recovery (HR) unit (Refrigerant R410A)

Number of Ports
02 = Two Ports
03 = Three Ports
04 = Four Ports

Series Number
2A = Series Number

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
8
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
208-230V Outdoor Units
ARUM072BTE5

Outdoor Unit Functions

10/6

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 9
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
208-230V Outdoor Units
ARUM096BTE5 / ARUM121BTE5
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

10/6

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
10
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
208-230V Outdoor Units
ARUM144BTE5 / ARUM168BTE5

Outdoor Unit Functions

12/6

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 11
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
208-230V Outdoor Units
ARUM192BTE5 / ARUM216BTE5 / ARUM241BTE5
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

12/1

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
12
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
460V Outdoor Units
ARUM072DTE5

Outdoor Unit Functions

10/6

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 13
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
460V Outdoor Units
ARUM096DTE5 / ARUM121DTE5
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

10/6

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
14
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
460V Outdoor Units
ARUM144DTE5 / ARUM168DTE5

Outdoor Unit Functions

12/1

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 15
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
460V Outdoor Units
ARUM192DTE5 / ARUM216DTE5 / ARUM241DTE5
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

12/1

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
16
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Cooling Mode

Heat Pump – Cooling Mode

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Fan Fan
M M
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit

*6 ton unit

Outdoor Unit Functions

only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor
Temperature 4-Way Valve 2
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Vapor Valve
Unit HEX Close Suction Oil Separator
Temperature s Comp
Temperature Discharge
Sensor Sensor
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor
s

SC Injection
EEV Receiver s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Oil Return
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 17
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Heating Mode

Heat Pump – Heating Mode

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Fan Fan
M M
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator
Suction Comp
Temperature s
Temperature
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor EEV

Comp Vapor
Low Outdoor Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
18
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Oil Return and Defrost

Heat Pump – Oil Return and Defrost Operation

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

M M
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit

Outdoor Unit Functions

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor
Temperature 4-Way Valve 2
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator
s Close
Suction Comp
Temperature Temperature
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor
s

Injection
EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction
Oil Return High Pressure Vapor Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 19
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Lower Heat Exchanger Defrost

Heat Pump – Lower HEX Defrost Operation

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Fan Fan
M M
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor
Temperature 4-Way Valve 2
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Suction Oil Separator
Temperature s
Temperature Comp
Sensor Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor EEV

Comp Vapor
Low Outdoor
s

SC Injection
EEV Receiver s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
20
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Upper Heat Exchanger Defrost

Heat Pump – Upper HEX Defrost Operation

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Fan Fan
M M
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit

Outdoor Unit Functions

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1 Oil Separator
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Suction
Temperature s
Temperature Comp
Sensor Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor EEV

Comp Vapor
Low Outdoor
s

SC Injection
EEV Receiver s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 21
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Cooling Mode

Heat Pump – Cooling Mode

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Fan Fan
M M
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature Close Suction
s
Sensor Temperature
Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2
Discharge Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Receiver
Close
Receiver
s

Outlet
Oil Oil
Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction
High Pressure Vapor Pipe
Oil Return
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
22
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Heating Mode

Heat Pump – Heating Mode

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Fan Fan
M M
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit

Outdoor Unit Functions

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Suction Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature
Sensor
s
Temperature Comp 1
Sensor Comp 2
Discharge Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Oil Oil
Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s

Upper Outdoor EEV

Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor

Low Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 23
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Oil Return and Defrost

Heat Pump – Oil Return and Defrost Operatio n

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Fan Fan
M M
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Indoor Unit Indoor Unit

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

Outlet
Oil Oil
Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
24
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Lower Heat Exchanger Defrost

Heat Pump – Lower HEX Defrost Operation

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Fan Fan
M M
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit

Outdoor Unit Functions

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Suction Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature
Sensor
s
Temperature
Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Hot Discharge Discharge
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Oil
Inverter Balance Inverter
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s

Upper Outdoor EEV

Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor

Low Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 25
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Pump Operation — Upper Heat Exchanger Defrost

Heat Pump – Upper HEX Defrost Operation

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Fan Fan
M M
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Suction Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature
Sensor
s
Temperature
Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Hot Discharge Discharge
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Oil Oil
Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s

Upper Outdoor EEV

Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor

Low Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction
High Pressure Vapor Pipe
Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
26
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Cooling Mode

Heat Recovery – Cooling Mode

Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

Outdoor Unit Functions

Fan s

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Close Oil Separator
Temperature Suction
s
Temperature Comp
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Sensor
Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close

Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor
s

Injection
EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Oil Return Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 27
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Heating Mode

Heat Recovery – Heating Mode

Indoor HEX High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Close Oil Separator
Temperature Suction
s
Temperature Comp
Sensor Discharge
Sensor
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor High Pressure Vapor Pipe
s

Injection
EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
28
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Cooling-Based Simultaneous Mode

Heat Recovery – Cooling-Based Simultaneous Operation

Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

Outdoor Unit Functions

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Close Oil Separator
Temperature s
Suction Comp
Sensor Temperature Discharge
Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Upper Hot
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close

Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor
s

Receiver Injection
EEV SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 29
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Heating-Based Simultaneous Mode

Heat Recovery – Heating-Based Simultaneous Operation

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Indoor HEX EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

s
Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

s
Fan s

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Close Oil Separator
Temperature Suction
Sensor
s
Temperature Comp
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor
s

Injection
EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Oil Return Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet
Heatsink Temperature Sensor
SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
30
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Balanced Simultaneous Mode

Heat Recovery – Balanced Simultaneous Operation

Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

Outdoor Unit Functions

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor
High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Close Suction Oil Separator
Temperature s Comp
Sensor Temperature Discharge
Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Upper Hot
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Upper Outdoor Accum Comp
EEV Close

Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor
s

Injection
EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Oil Return
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor

Heatsink Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet

Temperature Sensor
SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 31
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Oil Return and Defrost

Heat Recovery – Oil Return and Defrost Operatio n

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Indoor HEX EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Temperature
Close Suction Oil Separator
Sensor
s
Temperature Comp
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close

Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor
s

Receiver SC Injection
EEV s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
32
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Lower Heat Exchanger Defrost

Heat Recovery – Lower HEX Defrost Operation

Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

Outdoor Unit Functions

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Close Oil Separator
Temperature s
Suction
Sensor Temperature Comp
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 33
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM072BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM096BTE5 / DTE5, ARUM121BTE5 / DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Upper Heat Exchanger Defrost

Heat Recovery – Upper HEX Defrost Operatio n

Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

*6 ton unit
only has 1 fan
Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
s
Sensor Pressure Switch

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path

Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Close Suction Oil Separator
Temperature s
Sensor Temperature Comp
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
34
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Cooling Mode

Heat Recovery – Cooling Mode

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

Outdoor Unit Functions

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor
s High Pressure
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Close Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature Suction
s
Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2
Sensor Discharge
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 35
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Heating Mode

Heat Recovery – Heating Mode

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
Indoor HEX EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor
s High Pressure
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator Oil Separator
Close Suction
Temperature s Comp 1
Sensor Temperature Comp 2
Sensor Discharge Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
36
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Cooling-Based Simultaneous Mode

Heat Recovery – Cooling-Based Simultaneous Operation

Indoor HEX High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

Outdoor Unit Functions

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor
s High Pressure
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature Close Suction
s
Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2
Sensor Discharge
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 37
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Heating-Based Simultaneous Mode

Heat Recovery – Heating-Based Simultaneous Operation

Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor

High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor
s High Pressure
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

Outlet Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Upper Outdoor Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s

EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
38
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Balanced Simultaneous Mode

Heat Recovery – Balanced Simultaneous Operation

Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor

High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
s

Outdoor Unit Functions

Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX s
EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor
s High Pressure
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature Close Suction
s
Temperature Comp 1
Sensor Comp 2
Sensor Discharge Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 39
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Oil Return and Defrost

Heat Recovery – Oil Return and Defrost Operation

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
Indoor HEX EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

s
Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan
s
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor
s
High Pressure
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature Close Suction Comp 1
s
Sensor Temperature Discharge Comp 2
Sensor Temperatue Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
40
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Lower Heat Exchanger Defrost

Heat Recovery – Lower HEX Defrost Operation

Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor

High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

Outdoor Unit Functions

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor
s High Pressure
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature Close Suction
s
Sensor Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2
Sensor Discharge Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Inlet Suction High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 41
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAMS
ARUM144BTE5/DTE5, 168BTE5/DTE5, 192BTE5/DTE5, 216BTE5/DTE5, 241BTE5/DTE5
Heat Recovery Operation — Upper Heat Exchanger Defrost

Heat Recovery – Upper HEX Defrost Operation

Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor

High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor

Indoor Unit
HR unit
s s

Indoor HEX EEV s

s
s
Fan
s
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Indoor Unit
s

s
s

Indoor HEX EEV

s
s
Fan

Indoor Unit

s
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit

Fan

M M Motor
Outdoor 4-Way Valve 2
Temperature
Sensor
s High Pressure
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Path
Temperature Sensor Valve

s
4-Way Valve 1
Lower Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature
Close Suction
s
Sensor Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2
Sensor Discharge Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Close Receiver
Receiver
s

Outlet Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 s Comp 2 s
Upper Outdoor
EEV Close
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Lower Outdoor Injection Injection
s

EEV Receiver SC s
s

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
42
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
BASIC CONTROL
Normal Operation / Compressor Control

Normal Operation
Table 1: Normal Operation Functions.
Component Cooling Operation Heating Operation System Not in Operation
Compressor Fuzzy Logic Fuzzy Logic Stop
Fan Fuzzy Logic Fuzzy Logic Stop
Higher: Minimum Pulse
Main EEV Fuzzy Logic Minimum Pulse
Lower: Fully Open
• Normal: Vapor Injection Control
Subcooling EEV Fuzzy Logic • Avoiding control of high discharge Minimum Pulse
temperature
Indoor Unit EEV Superheat Fuzzy Logic Subcool Fuzzy Logic Minimum Pulse

Heating mode does not operate when outside air temperature is >81°F and head pressure is >514 psi.

Outdoor Unit Functions

Compressor Control
Fuzzy logic helps ensure stable system performance by maintaining a constant evaporating temperature (Te) in cooling mode, and a constant
condensing temperature (Tc) in heating mode. Both Te (cooling) and Tc (heating) can be set at various steps in the installation mode.
• Cooling Mode (Te): 35.6~41°F
• Heating Mode (Tc): 116.6~123.8°F

Te and Tc can be determined simultaneously by setting DIP switches.

Figure 1: Fuzzy Logic Diagram. Figure 2: Inverter Linear Control Chart.

System Capacity

Inverter
Fuzzy Logic start Comp 4

Target (Linear Control)

Inverter Inverter
Comp 3 Comp 3

Inverter Inverter
Inverter
Comp 2 Comp 2
Min. frequency Comp 2

Inverter Inverter
Stop(0 Hz) Inverter
Comp 1 Comp 1
Comp 1

Cooling and heating load

Fuzzy Logic
Inverter linear control as cooling and heating load increases

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 43
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
BASIC CONTROL
Master and Slave Unit EEVs / Fan Motor Control

Master and Slave Outdoor Unit EEV Control

Main EEV Control
Main EEV operates with fuzzy logic to keep the degree of superheat (about 37.4°F) at the evaporator outlet stable during heating mode.
Degree of Superheat = Tsuction - Tevaporation
where,
• Tsuction = Temperature measured at the suction pipe sensor (°F).
• Tevaporation = Evaporation temperature equivalent to low pressure (°F).

Subcooling EEV Control

Subcooling EEV operates with fuzzy logic to keep the degree of subcool (about 59°F) at the outlet of the subcooler stable during cooling
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

mode.
Degree of Subcool = Tcondensation - Tliquid
where,
• Tliquid = Temperature at the outlet of the subcooler (°F).
• Tcondensation = Condensation temperature equivalent to high pressure (°F).

Avoiding Excessively High Discharge Temperatures

After the main EEV opens to a predetermined amount (R410A: 800 pulses), and the discharge temperature is above 185°F in heating mode,
subcooling EEV control will operate to maintain compressor superheat.

Vapor Injection Flow Rate Control During Heating Mode

The degree of Superheat (VI_SH) = Subcooler out (°F) – Subcooler in (°F)
where
• 7G)9,B6+ )
• )7G)9,B6+ î7G)
• 194°F > Td : VI_SH = 33.8°F

Fan Motor Control

Fan motor operates using Fuzzy logic.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
44
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
SPECIAL CONTROL
Oil Return Control

Oil Return Control

Oil return operation recovers any oil that has accumulated in the piping and returns it to the compressor. Each component operates as shown
in the tables below during oil return.

Oil Return in Cooling Mode

Table 2: Outdoor Unit Oil Return Control in Cooling Mode.
Component Start During Oil Return Operation Stop
Inverter Compressor 30Hz Set Value 30Hz
Fan Normal Control Normal Control Normal Control
Upper: Minimum Pulse Upper: Minimum Pulse Upper: Normal Control
Main EEV
Lower: Maximum Pulse Lower: Maximum Pulse Lower: Normal Control
Subcooling EEV Minimum Pulse 20 Pulse 80 Pulse
Four-Way Valve 1 Off Off Off
Heat Pump: On
Four-Way Valve 2 Off Off
Heat Recovery: Off

Outdoor Unit Functions

Table 3: Indoor Unit Oil Return Control in Cooling Mode.
Component Start During Oil Return Operation Stop
Fan Normal Control Off Normal Control
Thermo On Unit EEV Normal Control Normal control Normal Control
Thermo Off Unit EEV 40 Pulse 400 Pulse 40 Pulse
Oil Return Signal Off On Off
• Start: Oil Return Operation begins when the oil sensor continuously measures low oil levels.
• Oil Return Operation will run for three (3) minutes.
• Stop: Oil Return Operation will end if / when compressor protection control starts.
Oil Return Control in Heating Mode
Table 4: Outdoor Unit Oil Return Control in Heating Mode.
Component Start During Oil Return Operation Stop
Inverter Compressor 30Hz Set Value 40Hz
Fan Normal Control Normal Control Normal Control
Upper: Minimum Pulse Upper: Minimum Pulse Upper: Normal Control
Main EEV
Lower: Maximum Pulse Lower: Maximum Pulse Lower: Normal Control
Subcooling EEV Minimum Pulse 20 Pulse 80 Pulse
Four-Way Valve 1 On Off On
Heat Pump: Off
Four-Way Valve 2 Off Off
Heat Recovery: Off

Table 5: Indoor Unit Oil Return Control in Heating Mode.

Component Start During Oil Return Operation Stop
Fan Normal Control Off Normal Control
Thermo On Unit EEV Normal Control 400~800 Pulse Normal Control
Thermo Off Unit EEV 80~130 Pulse 400~800 Pulse 80~130 Pulse

• Start: Oil Return Operation begins when the oil sensor continuously measures low oil levels.
• Oil Return Operation will run for three (3) minutes.
• Stop: Oil Return Operation will end if / when compressor protection control starts.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 45
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
SPECIAL CONTROL
Defrost Control / Partial Defrost Control

Defrost Control
Defrost Control eliminates ice that has accumulated on the heat exchanger, recovering its performance. Each component operates as shown
in the tables below during defrost.
Table 6: Outdoor Unit Defrost Control.
Component Start During Defrost Control Operation Stop
Inverter Compressor 30Hz Set Value 40Hz
Fan Stop High Pressure control Normal Control
Main EEV Normal Control Maximum Pulse Normal Control
Subcooling EEV Normal Control Minimum Pulse Normal Control
Four-Way Valve 1 On to Off Off On
Four-Way Valve 2 Off Off Off
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Upper Heat Exchanger Off Off Off

Lower Heat Exchanger On to Off Off Off
Table 7: Indoor Unit Defrost Control.
Component Start During Defrost Control Operation Stop
Fan Off Off Off
Thermo On Unit EEV Normal Control 400~800 Pulse Normal Control

Defrost Control Stop Operation

1. All heat exchanger pipe temperatures are above set temperatures for thirty (30) seconds.
2. Defrost Control Operation will run for >30% of the total heating time (maximum twenty [20] minutes).
3. Defrost Control Operation will stop if / when compressor protection control starts (if a high discharge temperature at the compressor is
detected).

Partial Defrost
The heat exchanger in the outdoor unit(s) is divided into a top part and bottom part for partial defrost operation. Partial defrost operation
permits the system to defrost the parts of the heat exchanger separately so heating mode can operate continuously. Each component
operates as shown on the below table during partial defrost.
Table 8: Outdoor Unit Partial Defrost Control.
Component Start During Defrost Control Operation Stop
Inverter Compressor Normal Control Set Value Normal Control
Fan Normal Control Low Pressure control Normal Control
Main EEV Normal Control Normal Control Normal Control
Subcooling EEV Normal Control Normal Control Normal Control
Four-Way Valve 1 On On On
Four-Way Valve 2 Off Off Off
Upper Heat Exchanger Off Off to On to On Off
Lower Heat Exchanger Off On to Off to On Off
Table 9: Indoor Unit Partial Defrost Control.
Component Start During Defrost Control Operation Stop
Fan ON (Setting) ON (Low) ON (Setting)
Thermo On Unit EEV Normal Control Normal Control Normal Control
Partial Defrost Control Stop Operation
1. Partial Defrost Control Operation will run for a maximum of twelve (12) minutes.
2. Partial Defrost Control Operation will stop for the upper heat exchanger when the temperature rises above the set temperature.
3. Partial Defrost Control Operation will stop for the lower heat exchanger when the temperature rises above the set temperature.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
46
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
SPECIAL CONTROL
Stop Operation / Oil Equalizing

Stop Operation Control

Stop Operation Control in Cooling Mode
Table 10: Stop Operation Control in Cooling Mode.
Component Stop Operation Notes
Inverter Compressor Off -
Fan Stop -
Main EEV 32 Pulse -
Subcooling EEV 16 Pulse Stop (Minimum Pulse)
Four-Way Valve 1 Off -
Heat Pump: On
Four-Way Valve 2 -
Heat Recovery: Off

Stop Operation Control in Heating Mode

Table 11: Stop Operation Control in Heating Mode.

Outdoor Unit Functions

Component Stop Operation Notes
Inverter Compressor Off -
Fan Stop -
Main EEV 32 Pulse -
Subcooling EEV 16 Pulse Stop (Minimum Pulse)
Four-Way Valve 1 On Off when air temperature is >86°F
Four-Way Valve 2 Off -

Oil Equalizing Control

Oil equalizing control prevents oil imbalance between the inverter compressors. If the oil level sensors detect different oil levels between the
compressors, then the oil equalizing solenoid valve will open for five (5) minutes (except for models with only one [1] compressor).

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 47
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
PROTECTION CONTROL
Pressure Protection Control

Pressure Protection Control

Pressure Control in Cooling Mode
Table 12: High Pressure Control in Cooling Mode.
Pressure Range Compressor Fan
3GSVL Stop Stop
Pd > 547.5 psi -15 Hz / 10 seconds 530VHFRQGV
3GSVL Frequency Hold* 530VHFRQGV
3GSVL +]RUOHVVVHFRQGV 530VHFRQGV
Pd < 504.7 psi Normal Control

* Frequency Hold = Frequency (or RPM) is not increasing (can decrease).

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Table 13: Low Pressure Control in Cooling Mode.

Pressure Range Compressor Fan
3VSVL Stop (one [1]) minute later) Stop
3VSVL -15 Hz / 10 seconds -100 RPM / 10 seconds
Ps > 21.8 psi Frequency Hold* -100 RPM / 10 seconds
Ps > 23.2 psi +]RUOHVVVHFRQGV -100 RPM / 10 seconds
Ps > 27.6 psi +]RUOHVVVHFRQGV -100 RPM / 10 seconds
Ps > 31.9 psi Normal Control
* Frequency Hold = Frequency (or RPM) is not increasing (can decrease).

Pressure Control in Heating Mode

Table 14: High Pressure Control in Heating Mode.
Pressure Range Compressor Fan
3GSVL Stop Stop
Pd > 495.3 psi -15 Hz / 10 seconds -50 RPM / 10 seconds

Table 15: Low Pressure Control in Heating Mode.

Pressure Range Compressor Fan
3VSVL Stop Stop
3VSVL -15 Hz / 10 seconds 530VHFRQGV
3VSVL Frequency Hold* 530VHFRQGV
3VSVL +]RUOHVVVHFRQGV 530VHFRQGV
3VSVL Normal Control Normal Control
* Frequency Hold = Frequency (or RPM) is not increasing (can decrease).

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
48
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
PROTECTION CONTROL
Discharge Temperature Control / Inverter Protection Control

Discharge Temperature Control

Table 16: Outdoor Unit Discharge Temperature Control.
Temperature Range Compressor Subcooling EEV Indoor Unit EEV
Tdis > 235.4°F -5 Hz / 10 seconds SC, SH Decrease Control SH Decrease Control
Tdis > 230°F -5 Hz / 10 seconds SC, SH Decrease Control SH Decrease Control
7GLV) Frequency Hold* SC, SH Decrease Control SH Decrease Control
7GLV) +]RUOHVV SC, SH Decrease Control SH Decrease Control
Tdis > 212°F Normal Control SC, SH Decrease Control SH Decrease Control
* Frequency Hold = Frequency (or RPM) is not Tdis = Temperature Discharge. SH = Superheating.
increasing (can decrease). SC = Subcooling.
Inverter Compressor Protection Control
The tables below display the amperage where the system will operate normally, the amperage where the inverter protection control will cause
the frequency to drop, and the amperage where the inverter protection control will shut the system off. AC input current is measured at the
inverter compressor (after the point where the current passes through the noise filter).
Table 17: Inverter Protection Control for 208-230V Outdoor Units (ARUM***BTE5).
Cooling & Heating

Outdoor Unit Functions

Current Compressor Normal System System Will Stop
Chassis Tons Frequency Will Drop
Type (HP) Operation Operation
Comp. 1 Comp. 2 Comp. 1 Comp. 2 Comp. 1 Comp. 2
ARUM072BTE5 6 4.8 33A or less - 33A or more - 35A or more -
ARUM096BTE5 8 6.8 37A or less - 37A or more - 40A or more -
ARUM121BTE5 10 6.8 37A or less - 37A or more - 40A or more -
AC Input ARUM144BTE5 12 4.8 / 4.8 33A or less 33A or less 33A or more 33A or more 35A or more 35A or more
Current1 ARUM168BTE5 14 4.8 / 4.8 33A or less 33A or less 33A or more 33A or more 35A or more 35A or more
ARUM192BTE5 16 6.8 / 6.8 37A or less 37A or less 37A or more 37A or more 40A or more 40A or more
ARUM216BTE5 18 6.8 / 6.8 37A or less 37A or less 37A or more 37A or more 40A or more 40A or more
ARUM241BTE5 20 6.8 / 6.8 37A or less 37A or less 37A or more 37A or more 40A or more 40A or more
ARUM072BTE5 6 4.8 36A or less - 36A or more - 46A or more -
ARUM096BTE5 8 6.8 49A or less - 49A or more - 60A or more -
ARUM121BTE5 10 6.8 49A or less - 49A or more - 60A or more -
Compressor ARUM144BTE5 12 4.8 / 4.8 36A or less 36A or less 36A or more 36A or more 46A or more 46A or more
Current ARUM168BTE5 14 4.8 / 4.8 36A or less 36A or less 36A or more 36A or more 46A or more 46A or more
ARUM192BTE5 16 6.8 / 6.8 49A or less 49A or less 49A or more 49A or more 60A or more 60A or more
ARUM216BTE5 18 6.8 / 6.8 49A or less 49A or less 49A or more 49A or more 60A or more 60A or more
ARUM241BTE5 20 6.8 / 6.8 49A or less 49A or less 49A or more 49A or more 60A or more 60A or more
Table 18: Inverter Protection Control for 460V Outdoor Units (ARUM***DTE5).
Cooling & Heating
Compressor Normal System System Will Stop
Current Type Chassis Tons Frequency Will Drop
(HP) Operation Operation
Comp. 1 Comp. 2 Comp. 1 Comp. 2 Comp. 1 Comp. 2
ARUM072DTE5 6 4.8 18A or less - 18A or more - 20A or more -
ARUM096DTE5 8 6.8 25A or less - 25A or more - 27A or more -
ARUM121DTE5 10 6.8 25A or less - 25A or more - 27A or more -
AC Input ARUM144DTE5 12 4.8 / 4.8 18A or less 17A or less 18A or more 17A or more 20A or more 19A or more
Current1 ARUM168DTE5 14 4.8 / 4.8 18A or less 17A or less 18A or more 17A or more 20A or more 19A or more
ARUM192DTE5 16 6.8 / 6.8 25A or less 25A or less 25A or more 25A or more 27A or more 27A or more
ARUM216DTE5 18 6.8 / 6.8 25A or less 25A or less 25A or more 25A or more 27A or more 27A or more
ARUM241DTE5 20 6.8 / 6.8 25A or less 25A or less 25A or more 25A or more 27A or more 27A or more
ARUM072DTE5 6 4.8 20A or less - 20A or more - 30A or more -
ARUM096DTE5 8 6.8 29A or less - 29A or more - 41A or more -
ARUM121DTE5 10 6.8 29A or less - 29A or more - 41A or more -
Compressor ARUM144DTE5 12 4.8 / 4.8 20A or less 20A or less 20A or more 20A or more 30A or more 30A or more
Current ARUM168DTE5 14 4.8 / 4.8 20A or less 20A or less 20A or more 20A or more 30A or more 30A or more
ARUM192DTE5 16 6.8 / 6.8 29A or less 29A or less 29A or more 29A or more 41A or more 41A or more
ARUM216DTE5 18 6.8 / 6.8 29A or less 29A or less 29A or more 29A or more 41A or more 41A or more
ARUM241DTE5 20 6.8 / 6.8 29A or less 29A or less 29A or more 29A or more 41A or more 41A or more
1
$&LQSXWFXUUHQWLVWKHLQYHUWHUFRPSUHVVRULQSXWFXUUHQWH[FHSWFRQVWDQWFXUUHQWFXUUHQWSDVVLQJWKURXJKWKHQRLVH¿OWHU

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 49
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Initial Setup

Initial Setup
There are four (4) initial setup steps before operation can begin. All DIP switch settings must be completed before initial setup.

Step 1 Turn power on.

Factory set value is displayed on the PCB seven segment display (SSD) for
twenty-four (24) seconds. Code for the Master outdoor unit is
displayed for three (3) seconds. 22

Code for the Slave 1 outdoor unit is

displayed for three (3) seconds. 14
Code for the Slave 2 outdoor unit is
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

displayed for three (3) seconds. 12

Total system capacity (master and slave
units) is displayed for two (2) seconds. 48

System type is displayed (3 is default).

• Heat Pump = 2 3
• Heat Recovery = 3

Electrical requirements are displayed.

• 208-230V = 22 46
• 460V = 46

Model Type.
30

Step 2
Communication Check: If display follows all sequences as shown above, the communication between the Master and Slave outdoor units
is normal. If the SSD shows Error Code 104*, check the DIP switch settings and the communication cables between the Master and Slave
outdoor units.

Step 3
PCB Error Check: Error check will begin after forty (40) seconds.
Master / Slave unit
• All errors of all the units (including Slave) will be shown on the SSD.
• If communication between main PCB and inverter PCB isn’t correct, Error Code 52* will be seen on the SSD.
• If communication between main PCB and fan PCB isn’t normal, Error Code 105* will be seen on the SSD.
• If any errors are displayed, check corresponding wires / cables.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
50
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Initial Setup

Initial Setup, Continued.

Step 4: Indoor Unit Auto Addressing Procedure

WARNING
Disconnects must only be operated by a properly licensed electrician at this time. Never look at a disconnect switch when closing. Turn away
from the switch when closing. Incorrect wiring could cause the disconnect to explode, physical injury, and / or death.

• Supply power to the indoor units. If power is not supplied, an operation error will occur.
• During the pre-commissioning process for systems with Gen 4 indoor units, do not change any DIP switch settings except for No. 3 on
SW01B, which must be ON to enable Gen. 4 features. All other combinations of switches (one [1] through seven [7]) must be left in the OFF
position on the outdoor unit DIP switch bank SW01B. Refer to System Combinations and Outdoor Unit Operation Settings for proper setting
of No. 3 on SW01B.
• If the Auto Address Procedure has never been successfully completed for the system, the compressor(s) will not start when power is applied
to the unit.
• Auto addressing is only possible on the main PCB of the outdoor unit (master unit if dual / triple frame system).

Outdoor Unit Functions

• If an indoor unit PCB has been replaced, the auto addressing procedure must be performed again.
1. Verify all that all indoor units connected to the system have power to the PCB board AND all wired controller system start buttons are OFF.

2. Remove the maintenance access panel and unit control box cover from the outdoor unit. Place panels and screws in a secure area.

3. Verify that the communications cable between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is terminated at the outdoor unit terminals IDU(A) and
IDU (B).

4. Verify the shield on the communications cable is grounded at the outdoor unit.

5. If installing a dual- or triple-frame system, verify which outdoor unit will be the “Master” unit, the Slave1 unit, and the Slave2 unit; check if
the DIP switches on DIP-SW01 are set properly. (See “Setting Outdoor Units in Dual / Triple Frame Systems” under “Pre-Commissioning /
Outdoor Unit DIP Switch Settings” earlier in this section.)

6. Cycle power on the outdoor units, indoor units, etc., and wait three (3) minutes while the outdoor unit sequences through the self-diagnos-
tics check, and to improve indoor unit communication when initial power is supplied. Leave disconnect in the "ON" position.

7. &KHFNWKHRXWGRRUXQLWVFXUUHQWFRQ¿JXUDWLRQFRGHV2EVHUYHWKHXQLWVHWXSFRGHVXVLQJWKH66'GLVSOD\IRXQGRQWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%

After the self-diagnostics check is complete, the SSD is clear with nothing displayed. Diagnostic process could take from three (3) to seven (7)
minutes.
8. Know how many indoor units are connected to the system.

9. Press and hold the red SW01C button for about five (5) seconds. Release when “88” appears on the SSD of the master outdoor unit PCB.
After three (3) to seven (7) minutes, the display will flash a number for about thirty (30) seconds, indicating how many total indoor units
the system successfully communicated with.

10. This number must match the known installed number of indoor units if the auto addressing procedure was successful. If using LGMV,
read the address of each indoor unit. The address of each indoor unit is also indicated on wired remote control displays.

11. Upon completion of the auto addressing routine, the display will be blank and the system will be in standby waiting for another command.

12. Upon successful completion of the auto address procedure, record the system address assigned to each indoor unit by the auto address
procedure in the column provided on the Pre-Commissioning Device Configuration Worksheet.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 51
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Initial Setup

Indoor Unit Auto Addressing Procedure, continued. Figure 3: Auto Addressing Button Location on
13. After recording the system addresses assigned to each device, open the outdoor unit Outdoor Unit PCB.
disconnect. Remove the outdoor unit to indoor unit communications cable from terminals DIP-SW01 SSD
IDU(A) and IDU(B). Protect conductors by placing electrical tape over the bare ends.

14. Close the disconnect to reapply power to the outdoor unit and energize the compressor
crankcase heater. Once again, verify that the outdoor unit to indoor unit(s) communica-
tions cable is not connected to terminals IDU(A) and IDU(B) of the outdoor unit.

15. Replace the control panel door.

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

WARNING
Upon successful completion of the auto addressing function, an unintentional compressor
start can occur unless the communications cable to the indoor units is removed from the
outdoor unit terminals IDU(A) and IDU(B). Do NOT open the service valves or attempt
to start outdoor unit compressors or until directed by the LG trained commissioner. Major
damage to the unit piping and compressors will occur, and there is a risk of explosion,
suffocation, physical injury, and / or death.
SW01D SW02C SW04D
(Reset Button) (ŻBackward (x Cancel
Figure 4: Auto Addressing Flowchart. Button) Button)
SW03C
Turn Power On SW01C (ŹForward
(Confirm / Automatic Button)
Address Setting Button)
Wait Three (3) Minutes While
Outdoor Unit Sequences
Through Self-Diagnostics Check.
Proceed when LED is Blank.

Press and Hold RED SW01C

Button for Five (5) Seconds.

Auto Addressing Procedure Starts.

LED Displays = 88

Release RED SW01C Button.

Auto addressing procedure is complete. The number of indoor units

that have successfully completed the auto addressing procedure
Wait Three (3) to Seven (7) Minutes. will display on the LED for thirty (30) seconds.

LED Displays NO Check the communication

= 88 cable connections.

YES
The address number of each indoor unit is shown on the wired controller display
or on the indoor unit display (this is not an error message). The address number
will disappear after pressing the ON / OFF button on the wired remote controller.
If 01, 02, ... 15 is displayed, then it means that 15 indoor units are recognized as
Auto Addressing Procedure Ends. connected and have been successfully auto addressed.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
52
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Initial Setup / Quick Control

Troubleshooting a Failed Indoor Unit Auto Addressing Procedure

If the quantity of indoor units the auto addressing procedure found is incorrect, or the “88” never disappears from the display for the seven (7)
minutes, the auto address procedure has failed and a communications problem exists. If the Auto Address Procedure failed:
1. Verify ALL indoor unit ON/OFF buttons are in the OFF position (i.e., ON / OFF button NOT illuminated).
2. Check the terminations, polarity, and continuity of each conductor on the communications cable between the outdoor unit and the indoor
units. Verify the indoor unit to outdoor unit communications cable is wired correctly.
• Verify the conductor connected to the “3” (or “5” in the case of cassette frame codes TP, TN, TM) terminals on all indoor units and is
terminated on the outdoor unit terminal tagged IDU(A).
• In a similar fashion, verify the conductor connected to all indoor units on the “4” (or “6” in the case of cassette chassis codes TP, TN, TM)
terminals and is terminated on the outdoor unit terminal tagged IDU(B).
3. Verify the shield of the communications cable is grounded at the outdoor unit only. All segment shields must be spliced together at each
indoor unit and NOT grounded.
4. After repairing the communications cable, go to Step 9 of the Auto Addressing Procedure and repeat the process until successful: Press
and hold the red SW01C button for about five (5) seconds. Release when “88” appears on the SSD. After three (3) to seven (7) minutes,
the display will flash a number for about thirty (30) seconds indicating how many total indoor units the system successfully communicated

Outdoor Unit Functions

with.
5. This number must match the known installed number of indoor units if the auto addressing procedure was successful.
6. Upon completion of the auto addressing routine, the display will be blank and the system will be in standby waiting for another com-
mand.
7. Record the system address the outdoor unit assigned to each indoor unit by the auto address procedure in the column provided on the
Pre-commissioning Device Configuration Worksheet.
8. After recording the system addresses assigned to each device, open the outdoor unit disconnect. Remove the outdoor unit to indoor unit
communications cable from terminals IDU(A) and IDU(B). Protect conductors by placing electrical tape over the bare ends to prevent an
accidental compressor start from occurring before the LG trained commissioner arrives.
9. Close the disconnect to reapply power to the outdoor unit and energize the compressor crankcase heater. Once again, verify the outdoor
unit to indoor unit(s) communications cable is not connected to terminals IDU(A) and IDU(B) of the outdoor unit.
10. Replace the control panel cover.

Quick Control Setting

Main PCB DIP switches are factory set to all OFF.
• Verify all indoor units are Generation 4 models.
• Change No. 3 on the Main PCB Dip switch bank DIP-SW01 from OFF to On.
• Push the SW01D reset button.
Figure 5: Quick Control Setting.
DIP Switch
DIP-SW01 SSD

OFF OFF

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 53
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Setting the Optional Modes Figure 6: Location of DIP Switches and Setting Buttons on the Outdoor
Unit PCB.
To access and set the different modes, first turn No. 5 on the master
outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to ON. Then, select the DIP-SW01 SSD

³)XQF´³,GX´RU³6Y&´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQ
DQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
Figure 7: No. 5 on DIP Switch Bank SW01 ON.
ON

OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

• To set the optional modes / functions, all indoor units must be OFF.
Mode / function settings won’t save, nor will operate unless all indoor SW01D SW02C
(Reset Button) (ŻBackward
SW04D
(x Cancel
units are OFF. Button) Button)
SW03C
• If system power was reset, some modes / function settings will be automatically SW01C (ŹForward
saved in the EEPROM. Other modes / functions will reset when power is cycled (Confirm / Automatic Button)
Address Setting Button)
off. See next pages for details on specific modes / functions.

Table 19: Optional Modes.

Mode Selection Selection Selection
Notes
Content Display Mode / Function Name Display Default Options
Refrigerant Auto Charge (Cooling) Fd1 -
Refrigerant Auto Charge (Heating) Fd2 -
Refrigerant Auto Judge (Cooling) Fd3 -
Fault Detection
Fdd Refrigerant Auto Judge (Heating) Fd4 -
and Diagnostics
Integrated Test Run Fd7 - -
All Indoor Unit Cooling Operation Fd8, cooL oFF oFF, on
All Indoor Unit Heating Operation Fd9, hEAt oFF oFF, on
Saved in EEPROM;
Cool / Heat Selector Switch (Installed) Fn1 oFF oFF, oP1~oP2
Off = Not Installed
Saved in EEPROM;
Static Pressure Compensation Fn2 oFF oFF, oP1~oP3
Used for ducted discharge.
Night Low Sound Fn3 oP10 oP1~oP12 Saved in EEPROM.
Saved in EEPROM.
Overall Defrost Fn4 oFF on, oFF Off = Split Coil / Frame
Allowed
Outdoor Unit Addressing Fn5 0 0~254 Saved in EEPROM.
Snow Removal Assist / Rapid Defrost Fn6 oFF oFF, oP1~oP3 Saved in EEPROM.
Function Func
Adjusting Indoor Unit Capacity Fn7 oFF oFF, oP1~oP2 Saved in EEPROM.
Adjusting Target Pressure Fn8 oFF oFF, oP1~oP6 Saved in EEPROM.
Low Ambient Kit Fn9 oFF on, oFF Saved in EEPROM.
High Efficiency Mode (Cooling Operation) Fn10 oFF on, oFF Saved in EEPROM.
High Efficiency Mode Cooling Operation
Fn11 oFF oFF, oP1~oP5 Saved in EEPROM.
(Auto Dust Throw)
Saved in EEPROM;
Can use in all applications
Smart Load Control Fn14 oFF oFF, oP1~oP3
except DOAS. Energy
saving feature.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
54
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Table 20: Optional Modes, continued.

Mode Selection Selection Selection
Notes
Content Display Mode / Function Name Display Default Options
Humidity Reference Fn16 oFF on, oFF Saved in EEPROM.
Power Consumption Display on Wired
Fn21 oFF oFF, Pd10, Pd11 Saved in EEPROM.
Remote Controllers
Function Func
Overall Defrost Operating in Low
Fn22 oFF on, oFF Saved in EEPROM.
Temperature (Heating)
Drain Pan Heater (Optional Accessory) Fn23 oFF on, oFF Saved in EEPROM.
User Idu Comfort Cooling Id10 EAch - Saved in EEPROM
Pump Down SE1, Pd Pd -
Pump Out SE2, Po Po -
Vacuum Mode SE3, vAcc vAcc - One Time / One Selection
oFF, inv1, inv2,
Manual Backup for Inverter Compressor SE4 oFF Saved in EEPROM.
unit backup
Forced Oil Return SE5, 01 oFF on, oFF

Outdoor Unit Functions

Service SvC Forced Defrost SE6, dEF oFF on, oFF
on, oFF, Shows each cycle value in
Cycle Data View SE8 oFF
oP1~oP26 real time.
Refrigerant Sound Reduction Mode SE9 oFF on, oFF, oP1~oP2 Saved in EEPROM.
Heating Fan Low Sound SE11 oFF on, oFF
Number of Partial Defrosts SE12 oFF oP1~oP11
Level Change of Error Code CH200 SE14 oFF on, oFF

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 55
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Emergency Operation
If an inverter compressor is not operating, the system can still operate (except the defective compressor) by using one of two methods.

Automatic Emergency Operation (Automatic Backup Function)

If an outdoor unit detects an inverter compressor error during operation, the automatic backup mode is initiated.
1. Inverter 1 compressor automatic emergency operation.
2. Inverter 2 compressor automatic emergency operation.

Manual Emergency Operation (Manual Backup Function)

1. Verify which compressor is malfunctioning (refer to the Troubleshooting section in the back of this manual).
2. Turn off the power.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

3. Set the DIP switch of the defective outdoor unit following the instructions below.
4. Turn on the power.

If Slave 1 Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Fails

MASTER SLAVE1 SLAVE2 MASTER SLAVE1 SLAVE2

INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2 INV1 INV2

If Slave 2 Outdoor Unit Fails

1. Ensure Slave 1 Outdoor Unit PCB No. 5 DIP Switch on DIP-
1. Ensure Slave 2 Outdoor Unit PCB No. 5 DIP Switch on DIP-
SW01 DIP switch bank is set to ON.
SW01 DIP switch bank is set to ON.
2. 6HOHFWWKH³69&´0RGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹDQG
2. 6HOHFWWKH³69&´0RGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹDQG
6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔ
6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔ
button.
button.
3. 6HOHFWWKH³6HÍXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹDQG
3. 6HOHFWWKH³6H´)XQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹDQG
6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔ
6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔ
button.
button.
4. 6HOHFWWKH³LQY´2SWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹDQG
4. 6HOHFWWKH2SWLRQ³XQLWÉ\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹDQG
6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔ
6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔ
button.
button.
5. 6HOHFW³$FWLRQ´³RQÉ\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹDQG6:&
5. 6HOHFW³$FWLRQ´³RQÉ\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹDQG6:&
EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Backup Mode Cancellation

6HOHFWWKH³$FWLRQ´³RII´E\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹDQG6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

• Do not run the system under emergency operation with an inverter compressor failure for more than 48 hours. It will cause compressor
failure within the other outdoor units.
• During the emergency operation, cooling / heating capacity will be reduced.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
56
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Fault Detection Diagnosis (FDD) Checklist

1. A test run must be performed before running the automatic address procedure. After installation, recheck the auto addressing.

2. To start at one point after three (3) minutes when the initial power is turned on for the test run: After power is turned on, the MICOM data
is reset, and communications with the indoor units will start within three (3) minutes.

3. Indoor units must be series seven (7) and higher.

4. For the FDD test run, the results and errors of the test run are displayed only on the Master outdoor unit Main PCB SSD.

5. If the error occurred during the test tun, the system will operate following the last step after the test run is turned off. Change the DIP
switch to OFF, and then press and hold the SW01D reset button for two (2) seconds to reset all data and return to operation standby.

6. 7RUHVHWWKHV\VWHPLIWKHWHVWUXQPXVWEHVKXWRIIEHFDXVHRIDQHUURUSUHVVWKH6:&;&DQFHODQG6:&ƔH[HFXWHEXWWRQ

simultaneously for more than five (5) seconds.

Outdoor Unit Functions

7. All indoor units are turned off, or the results are displayed for ninety (90) seconds after the test run is finished.

8. If all FDD functions wish to be used, first press the main PCB SW01D reset button for three (3) minutes.

9. A normal test run operates if LGMV version 7.1.1 or later is used.

Fault Detection Diagnosis (FDD) Codes

Table 21: FDD Error Codes.
Error Codes Display Problem

E01 E01 Indoor unit combination capacity is >130% or <80% less than outdoor unit rated capacity.

E02 E02 System is unstable.

E03 E03 Temperature range error.

E04 E04 Can’t operate FDD function for defrost.

E05 E05 Sensor check function error.

E06 E06 Only one indoor unit is present.

E07 E07 Button was not pressed for auto refrigerant charge function.

E08 E08 FDD was forced to terminate, or refrigerant auto charge terminated normally.

E09 E09 System off / wait to operate FDD function.

E10 E10 Need additional refrigerant.

System Error Same as Normal Operation System error has occurred

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 57
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Refrigerant Auto Charge (Fd1 [Cooling], Fd2 [Heating])

This function can be used to automatically charge a suitable amount of refrigerant in the system through cycle operation. Use the refrigerant
auto charge function if the refrigerant amount is not correct after the system is serviced, if there is a leak in the piping, etc. (During the instal-
lation procedure, make sure to calculate and add the proper amount of refrigerant.)
Refrigerant charging time can be different depending on the amount necessary. Approximate charge time is about 6.6 minutes per pound.

Start

Cooling
Airflow mode runs for one (1) minute.
Heating
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

No
Are the temperature / load
conditions suitable?

Yes

Start system full load operation.

Operate refrigerant auto charge mode.
(25 minute operation)

No No
Is the cycle stable? Is the operation time more
than forty (40) minutes

Yes Yes
No
Is there a lack of refrigerant?
Is the cycle instable?
Yes
Display.

Push the SW02C,SW03C No Has it been more No

(ඔ, ඖ) buttons for more than twelve (12) minutes after E10
than three (3) seconds. was displayed.

Yes
Start the auto refrigerant charge procedure.

No
Is the refrigerant amount correct?

Yes

Reverse switch, indoor units off.

End

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
58
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

• Follow the procedures indicated when charging refrigerant.

• If ambient conditions are beyond the operating temperature range, Refrigerant Auto Charge will not function properly.
• Outdoor Unit Operating Temperature Range: Cooling = 32~109.4°F; Heating = 14~75.2°F.
• Indoor Unit Operating Temperature Range: Cooling = 32~64.4°F; Heating = 50~80.6°F.
• If the system continuously turns off because of excessive low pressure levels before “E10” is displayed, the system does not nearly have
enough refrigerant. Add about 15% of the estimated refrigerant amount, and try the procedure again.
• Press the SW04C (X: Cancel) button and change the DIP switch to off after the auto refrigerant charge function ends.

Refrigerant Charge Procedure Figure 8: Refrigerant Charge Set Up.

1. Prepare manifold, refrigerant, and scale (sold separately). Heat Recovery / Heat Pump
2. Connect manifold to refrigerant charge port as shown.
3. Connect manifold and refrigerant cylinder.
4. Perform the air purge procedure for each manifold hose.

Outdoor Unit Functions

5. When PrE5 / PUTn appear, push the SW03C forward
ŹRU6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQ
6. When 51-4 or 52-4 appear, open the valve and add
refrigerant to the system.
7. When 51-5 or 51-5 appear, close the valve and remove Refrigerant Charge Kit
(PRAC1)
the connected charge port.

WARNING
When performing the leak test and air purge, use a vacuum pump or
DQLQHUWJDVVXFKDVQLWURJHQ,IR[\JHQFRPSUHVVHGDLURUÀDPPDEOH
JDVDUHXVHGWKHUHLVDSRVVLELOLW\RI¿UHH[SORVLRQSHUVRQDOLQMXU\DQG
death.

• When charging refrigerant, use the specified equipment.

• To reduce communication errors, use the wired remote control to set the main unit.
• During indoor unit operation, system must be in Thermo on, otherwise the procedure will not operate.
• If outdoor unit switched to defrost mode while the auto refrigerant charge function was operating, restart auto refrigerant charge function
only after defrost mode is finished.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 59
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Refrigerant Auto Judge (Fd3 [Cooling], Fd4 [Heating])

This function allows the system to automatically judge refrigerant levels through system operation. Refrigerant Auto Judge can be used to see if
the system has been overcharged or undercharged, and can be used with the Refrigerant Auto Charge function.

Start

Cooling Operate system in fan mode for

one (1) minute.
Heating
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

No
Is the temperature OK? End

Yes
Start system full load operation
(operates for 15 minutes).

Yes

No No
Is the condition stable? After 40 minutes?

Yes Yes

Run Refrigerant Amount Cycle unstable?

Judge function.

Function completes and the results

are displatyed.

• The number on the SSD is the percentage of refrigerant that

End is overcharged or undercharged, per the total refrigerant amount.
ex1) ĺ20% Refrigerant Overcharge ĺ Need to Remove
ex2) ĺ20% Refrigerant Undercharge ĺ Need to Add
ex3) ĺNo Adjustment Necessary

Refrigerant Amount Auto Measure function will not work or stop if the indoor unit combination ratio and the operating temperature range are
not within manufacturer’s allowable parameters.
• Indoor unit combination ratio: 80~130%
• Outdoor unit operating temperature range: Cooling = 32~109.4°F; Heating = 14~75.2°F.

Refrigerant Auto Judge runs for fifteen (15) minutes at full load operation; refrigerant levels can be measured directly under
special cases.
• Press SW04C (X: Cancel) button, and turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to OFF after the function ends.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
60
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Integrated Test Run (ITR) (Fd7)

The algorithm tests the operation of all components and system functions. Using a batch file concept, the routine begins by asking the techni-
cian to enter the total refrigerant charge in kilograms.

Unlike previous versions of Multi V where the user selected heating or cooling mode for the Integrated Test Run function, Multi V 5 automatically
selects which mode to use based on outside air temperature.

Procedure
1. Connect a computer with LGMV software to the Master ODU.
2. Start the LGMV software.
3. Select ID7 on the Master outdoor unit seven segment display (SSD).
4. “INIT ITR” will be displayed (Initiate Integrated Test Run)
5. Use the SSD and the control buttons below it to enter the system refrigerant charge by weight in kilograms. The system refrigerant charge
is the sum of the field provided refrigerant charge and the factory refrigerant charge shipped with each outdoor unit.

Outdoor Unit Functions

6HHWKHVSHFL¿FDWLRQWDEOHVLQWKH3URGXFW'DWDVHFWLRQIRUWKHIDFWRU\UHIULJHUDQWFKDUJHLQSRXQGV
Example:
ARUM432BTE5
• &RQVLVWLQJRI$580%7($580%7(
• Factory charge ARUM121BTE5 = 23.2 lbs each
• Factory charge ARUM192BTE5 = 30.9 lbs
• Field trim charge : 10.5 lbs
6\VWHPUHIULJHUDQWFKDUJH )DFWRU\FKDUJHRIIUDPH)UDPH)UDPH)LHOGVXSSOLHG5HIULJHUDQW
6\VWHPUHIULJHUDQWFKDUJH OEV

To convert the refrigerant charge from pounds to kilograms:

Kilograms refrigerant = pounds refrigerant x 0.453592
Kilograms refrigerant = 87.8 x 0.453592
= 3.983 kilograms
6. Press the confirm/accept button on the ODU under the SSD.
7. Observe the SSD displays “88” to confirm the ITR is running. The ITR will run for approximately 5 to 30 minutes. When “88” is no longer
displayed, the ITR has successfully completed.
8. If more than 30 minutes pass and “88” is still displayed, the ITR has failed. Contact your LG representative for technical assistance.
9. After a successful ITR, you can go to the LGMV Diagnostics tab, select Test Report, and save the .html data file. The report on the next
page is a sample ITR report.

Multi V ITR Result Report

If an error occurs with an indoor unit, operate that indoor unit in fan Follow the Procedure:
mode, but make sure the auto address number of that indoor unit does
not display.

Save html file

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 61
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Multi V ITR Result Report, Continued.

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
62
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

All Indoor Unit Cooling Operation (Fd8) or All Indoor Unit Heating Operating
(Fd9)
Fault Detection and Diagnosis (FDD [Fd]) modes are part of LG’s on board service algorithms that provide system operation insight when
LGMV software is not used. To record or save any data, LGMV or a recording saving data module must be installed. Fd codes can also be
used for commissioning, or to troubleshoot a problem on an existing system. The results provided by running an Fd mode must not be con-
sidered definitive proof that a system is properly operating. Fd code must not be left on without an LG trained service provider approving and
guiding its use.

Both the All Indoor Unit Cooling (Fd8) and All Indoor Unit Heating (Fd9) modes force the entire system (outdoor units and indoor units) to op-
erate in full blast cooling or full blast heating. Room temperatures and setpoints are ignored. Use these modes for commissioning to provide
an hour of data a start up, and / or to test operation in seasons opposite of when the system is installed (i.e., if the system is installed in the
summer, set it to Fd9 to test how the system would operate in heating during the winter months).
Figure 9: Setting the All Indoor Unit Cooling (Fd8) or All Indoor Unit
Heating (Fd9) Function.

Outdoor Unit Functions

Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to
The All Indoor Unit Cooling or All Indoor Heating function, as well as ON.
other FDD algorithm could take up to forty (40) minutes to complete,
depending on the number of indoor units connected to the system.
6HOHFWWKH³)GG´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
Table 22: All Indoor Unit Cooling or All Indoor Unit Heating Function ƔEXWWRQ
Settings.
Function Code Default Setting
All Indoor Unit Cooling Operation Fd8, cooL oFF on Select the “Fd8” All Indoor Unit Cooling or “Fd9” All Indoor Unit Heating
All Indoor Unit Heating Operation Fd9, hEAt oFF on IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&
EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔ
button.

Depending on the function chosen, “cooL” or “hEAt” will flash on the

SSD for several minutes.

The system will switch to standby mode as indicated by “stby” flashing

on the SSD for several minutes.

The system will then change to All Indoor Unit Cooling or All Indoor
Unit Heating as indicated by “6000” appearing on the SSD. The
number is a sixty (60) minute countdown displayed in minutes
and seconds. Compressor start can also be heard.

All Indoor Unit Cooling or All Indoor Unit Heating function will
automatically stop.

Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to
2))DQGSXVKWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQWRUHVHWWKHV\VWHP

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 63
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

&RRO+HDW6HOHFWRU)Q Figure 10: Cool / Heat Selector.

The setting communicates to the outdoor unit that the optional LG Cool / Heat Selector (or appropriate Left Side Right Side
¿HOGSURYLGHGUHOD\VDQGZLULQJWKDWSHUIRUPWKHVDPHWDVNis connected to the system. The Cool / Heat
Selector is field-wired to the “Dry 1” and “Dry 2” terminals located on the master outdoor unit main PCB.
The Cool / Heat Selector has two switches. The two-position upper switch manually locks out heating and
cooling operation, allowing fan only, or heating or cooling operation depending on the position of the low-
Switch
er switch. The two-position bottom switch and manually sets the position of the outdoor unit’s reversing (Up)
valve. If the left side is depressed, the valve is in the cooling position. If the right side is depressed, the
valve is in the heating position. The Cool / Heat Selector also provides a method for locking out compres-
sor operation by placing the “Fan Only” toggle switch in the “On” position.

Switch
• Off (Default): No Cool / Heat Selector installed, or the Cool / Heat Selector is installed, but has not been (Down)
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

identified by the master outdoor unit.

• On: Cool / Heat Selector installed and operational. When On is selected:
• The left side of the upper switch is depressed. Mechanical refrigeration is locked out and the indoor
unit fans are allowed to operate. The position of the lower switch is irrelevant.
• The right side of the upper switch is depressed, the lower switch has the right side depressed, and the
system is operating in cooling.
• The right side of the upper switch is depressed, the lower switch has the left side depressed, and the
system is operating in heating.

Use the Cool / Heat Selector in heat pump systems to set the system mode for all cooling operation, all heating operation, fan only, or dry
operation (when all indoor units have to be in the same mode).
For use in heat pump systems only.
Figure 11: Setting the Cool / Heat Selector Function.
Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to ON. • The Cool / Heat Selector must be installed
first before setting the cool / heat operation
function.
6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUG
• A trained LG service provider must set this
ŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
function during system installation.
• If cool or heat function is not used, set to OFF.
6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUG • Cool / Heat Selector is flagged as the master
ŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ on the central control communications bus.
• Cool / Heat Selector is not for use with BMS
Gateway, VMS, or VMS Communications
Select from “oFF”, “op1,” or “op2” options (see table below) by using the SW03C forward Manager.
ŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔ
button.

The Cool / Heat Selector function is set. PCB does not need reset.

Table 23: Cool / Heat Selector Function Settings.

Switch Control Function
Switch (Up) Switch (Down) oFF op1 (Mode) op2 (Mode)
Right Side (On) Left Side (On) Not Operating Cooling Cooling
Right Side (On) Right Side (On) Not Operating Heating Heating
Left Side (Off) - Not Operating Fan Mode Off

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
64
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Static Pressure Compensation Figure 12: Setting the Static Pressure Compensation Function.
Function (Fn2) Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
Static Pressure Compensation function modifies the maximum
outdoor unit fan speed during normal system operation. Use the
function to raise the maximum outdoor unit fan speed to compensate 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
for an obstruction (duct) in airflow. 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
ƔEXWWRQ
The default outdoor fan external static pressure rating for Multi V 5
Outdoor Units is 0.16 in-wg. Selecting “op3” raises the fan speed to
produce the same airflow at 0.32 in-wg. 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
Refer to the Multi V Engineering Manuals for the default static WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
pressure rating, and the maximum static pressure rating with this
function engaged.
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems. Select from “oFF”, “op1” through “op3” options (see table) by using the
6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQ
DQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Outdoor Unit Functions

• Ask a trained LG service provider to set this function during system
installation. Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB.
The selected option value is saved in the EEPROM.
• If the outdoor unit RPM is changed, cooling capacity could be
reduced.

Table 24: Setting Static Pressure Compensation Function.

Settings Nominal 6 Ton (RPM) ESP (in-wg) Nominal 8 to 20 Ton (RPM) ESP (in-wg)
oFF (Default) 730 0.16 950 0.16
op1 760 0.23 1,020 0.23
op2 780 0.27 1,050 0.27
op3 880 0.32 1,130 0.32

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 65
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Night Low Sound Function (Fn3) Figure 13: Setting the Night Low Sound Function.
The Night Low Sound Function reduces the operating speed of the Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
outdoor unit fans (according to the input signal) during “off-peak” DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
hours under normal circumstances when in cooling mode. Operating
at a low RPM reduces the fan sound levels of the outdoor unit at
6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
night (or other off-peak hours), which usually has a low cooling load. 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
On a rolling 24 hour basis, an internal timer begins counting hours ƔEXWWRQ
after the start time (delay set after peak cooling recorded operation),
switching to restricted fan speed duration operation, following what-
6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
ever settings have been chosen. WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems. FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

• Oil return is considered an abnormal condition. Select from “op1” through “op12” options (see table) by using the
• Timed algorithm. Restricted fan speed period length and start delay 6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQ
is selectable. DQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
• Delay timer starts each day when, during a one (1) minute period
the highest demand for cooling is recorded by the outdoor unit. Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB.
The Night Low Sound function is set; the selected option value is
saved in the EEPROM.
Table 25: Setting the Time and Related Sound Level.

Start Time Restricted Fan Speed Duration Approximate Noise Level dB(A)
Settings (Delay after Peak Cooling Recorded) (Hour)* (Hour) 6 Ton 8 to 20 Ton
op1 8.0 9.0 55 59
op2 6.5 10.5 55 59
op3 5.0 12.0 55 59
op4 8.0 9.0 52 56
op5 6.5 10.5 52 56
op6 5.0 12.0 52 56
op7 8.0 9.0 49 53
op8 6.5 10.5 49 53
op9 5.0 12.0 49 53
op10 (Default) 0.0 (Continuous Operation) 24.0 55 59
op11 0.0 (Continuous Operation) 24.0 52 56
op12 0.0 (Continuous Operation) 24.0 49 53
*The system measures ambient temperature (minimum and maximum) in “Wait Time” to help determine when the system can start operating in Night Low Sound.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
66
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

(Overall) Defrost Function (Fn4) Figure 14: Setting the Overall Function.
Overall Defrost Function allows the outdoor unit to operate in either Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
full frame / full coil (overall) defrost or in full system defrost. When DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
selected, the Intelligent Defrost algorithm can no longer choose
split-coil or partial frame (in multi-frame systems) defrost. System 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
pressure, outdoor unit coil temperatures, and outdoor ambient tem- 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
peratures (and humidity if Fn16 - Humidity Reference) will determine ƔEXWWRQ
when the defrost cycle initiates.
Use in locations where relative humidity remains high during the 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
heating season, or in applications where it has been proven that WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
operating all of the outdoor units in defrost at the same time saves FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
energy, and / or shortens the defrost time without impacting comfort
levels. Select from “on” through “oFF” options (see table) by using the
Can also be used with Fn6 - Rapid Defrost, SE6 - Forced Defrost, 6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQ
Fn22 - Overall Defrost Operating in Low Temperatures (Heating), DQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
and Fn16 - Humidity Reference.

Outdoor Unit Functions

For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems. Defrost Mode is set. PCB does not need reset.

Table 26: Setting the Overall Defrost Function.

Options Function
System Operates in Partial-Coil Defrost
oFF (Default)
(or Partial Frame Defrost in Multi-Frame Systems)
A trained LG service provider must set this function during system
on System Operates in Full Frame (Overall) Defrost Only installation.

Outdoor Unit Addressing Function Figure 15: Setting the Outdoor Unit Address Function.
(Fn5) Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP
switch bank SW01 to ON.
Use this function to set addresses when more than one Multi V
system shares a communications bus linked to a central controller
or BMS gateway. Each system is assigned to a unique outdoor 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
unit address. The Outdoor Unit Addressing Function will help avoid WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
assigning the same address to the different systems; if not properly FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
addressed, a communication error could occur on one (1) or more of
the systems.
6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems. WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
• 000 = Default; Central Control Address setting of “000”.
• 001 = Central Control Address setting of “001”.
Select from 0 (Default) through 254 by using the SW03C forward
• Set 1 of 255 Valid Addresses; 000, 001, 002, 003, 004...through ŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVV
254. WKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Outdoor Unit Address is set. PCB does not need reset.

• The central controller or BMS gateway must be installed first before
setting the outdoor unit address.
• A trained LG service provider must set this function during system
installation.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 67
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

6QRZ5HPRYDO$VVLVW5DSLG'HIURVW Figure 16: Setting the Snow Removal / Rapid Defrost Function.
Function (Fn6) Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
Snow Removal Assist
Snow Removal Assist function allows the outdoor unit(s) fans to
6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
operate at regular intervals, for two (2) minutes, at specified speeds 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
(as seen in the tables below) to remove snow accumulation from the ƔEXWWRQ
fan discharge.
The function will only operate when the system has not called for
6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
compressor activity (no demand for heating or cooling) for thirty (30) WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
minutes, and when the outdoor air temperature is <37ºF. Operates FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
every thirty (30) minutes for two (2) minutes. Function will stop if
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

there is an operation error code, or if a compressor starts. Use this

function in areas where snow accumulating on the fan blades and Select from “oFF,” “op1” through “op3” options (see table) by using the
fan guard is common. 6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQ
DQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
Rapid Defrost
Rapid Defrost function limits the amount of frost and ice are allowed The Snow Removal / Rapid Defrost function is set.
to build on the coil between defrost cycles (defrost cycles occur PCB does not need reset.
more often). System pressure is monitored, and when system pres-
sure is reduced, the defrost cycle is initiated.

• A trained LG service provider must set this function during system

Snow Removal Assist / Rapid Defrost can also be used with Fn4
installation.
- Overall Defrost, and Fn22 - Overall Defrost Operating in Low
• If the snow removal / rapid defrost mode is not used, set to OFF.
Temperatures (Heating).

Snow Removal Assist and Rapid Defrost can be used on both heat
pump and heat recovery systems.

Table 27: Setting the Snow Removal / Rapid Defrost Function.

Fan Speed During Snow Removal Assist (RPM)
Settings Details
6 Ton 8 to 20 Ton
oFF (Default) Mode Is Not Set - -
op1 Snow Removal Assist Mode 670 850
op2 Rapid Defrost Mode - -
op3 Snow Removal Assist Mode and Rapid Defrost Mode 670 850

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
68
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Adjusting Indoor Unit Capacity (Fn7) Figure 17: Setting the Adjusting Indoor Unit Capacity Function.
The Adjusting Indoor Unit Capacity function limits the maximum fan Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
speed on all indoor units to the “low” speed setting. Use the function
when it is known that the outdoor unit is operating at full capacity 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
during the heating season and the indoor unit air temperature in all 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
zones is low, or when it feels drafty in almost all of the conditioned ƔEXWWRQ
zones served by the system. The function can be used to lower or
raise the indoor unit leaving air temperatures, when the outdoor unit 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
is undersized, or the system is operating with a compressor out of WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
service. If this function is turned on, the indoor unit heating capacity FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
will be sacrificed to achieve a higher leaving air temperature.
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems. Select from “oFF” or “on” options by using the SW03C forward
ŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVV
WKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
• The Adjusting Indoor Unit Capacity Fn7 function is not a solution
for a poorly designed piping system, nor is it a solution for a system

Outdoor Unit Functions

that is not operating properly. Adjusting Indoor Unit Capacity is set. PCB does not need reset.
• Verify the system’s refrigerant charge is correct before using this Table 28: Setting Adjusting Indoor Unit Capacity Function.
function. Options Function
oFF (Default) Disabled
on Function Selected; Enabled

Adjusting Target Pressure (Fn8) Figure 18: Adjusting Target Pressure Function.
The Adjusting Target Pressure function modifies the refrigeration Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
cycle’s high and low pressure target values; more specifically, modi-
fies the compressor discharge and suction target operating pressure 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
values. Can be used to enhance / turn down the cooling or heating 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
capabilities of variable refrigerant flow systems, optimizing refrigera- ƔEXWWRQ
tion cycle operation to maximize operational efficiency.
Separate, unique setting values can be assigned for cooling, heating 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
operation, and Hydro Kit operation. WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
If the outdoor unit is dedicated to Hydro Kit(s), or an indoor unit FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
combination includes a Hydro Kit in thermal on, see the right hand
column in the table below for the high pressure vapor target psig. Select from “oFF, “oP1” through “oP7” options (see table) by using the
An indoor unit combination with the Hydro Kit in thermal off, see the 6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQ
middle column in the table below for the high pressure vapor target DQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
psig.
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems. Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB.
Adjusting Target Pressure is set.
Table 29: Setting Adjusting Target Pressure Function.
Low Pressure Vapor Target High Pressure Vapor Target psig / kPa (ºF)
Setting psig / kPa (ºF) IDUs (Hydro Kit Thermal Off) IDUs (Hydro Kit Thermal On)
oFF (Default) 117 / 804 (39.5) 434 / 2,990 (122.8) 434 / 2,990 (122.8)
oP1 105 / 725 (34.0) 453 / 3,121 (126.1) 467 / 3,219 (128.7)
oP2 111 / 765 (37.0) 443 / 3,056 (124.5) 453 / 3,121 (126.1)
oP3 126 / 869 (43.5) 410 / 2,827 (118.5) 443 / 3,056 (124.5)
oP4 136 / 935 (47.5) 386 / 2,663 (114.1) 410 / 2,827 (118.5)
oP5 145 / 1,000 (51.0) 363 / 2,500 (109.5) 386 / 2,663 (114.1)
oP6 154 / 1,065 (54.3) 339 / 2,337 (104.8) 363 / 2,500 (109.5)
oP7 117 / 804 (39.5) 434 / 2,990 (122.8) 334 / 2,304 (103.6)

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 69
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Low Ambient Kit Function (Fn9) Figure 20: Setting the Low Ambient Kit Function.
The function notifies the outdoor unit that a low ambient kit is Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP
installed. Use in zones that will need cooling when outdoor ambient switch bank SW01 to ON.
temperatures fall below 5ºF.
Optional low ambient baffle kits allow for Multi V 5 outdoor unit 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
operation down to -9.9°F. When used with heat recovery operation, 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
low ambient cooling to -9.9°F is possible only when all indoor units ƔEXWWRQ
are operating in cooling mode. Also when used with heat recovery
systems, if one (1) or more indoor units are in heating, minimum
cooling cycle ambient temperature is 14°F (low ambient wind baffle 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
kit does not impact synchronous operating range). WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.

6HOHFWIURP³RQ´RU³R))´E\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
See the Low Ambient Kit Installation Manual on www.lghvac.com for FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
installation, etc., information.
The Low Ambient Kit function is set. PCB does not need reset.
Table 31: Setting the Low Ambient Kit Function.
Settings Function
oFF (Default) Low Ambient Kit is Not Installed
on Low Ambient Kit is Installed

High Efficiency Function (Cooling Figure 19: 6HWWLQJWKH+LJK(I¿FLHQF\)XQFWLRQ&RROLQJ2SHUDWLRQ

Operation) (Fn10) Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
High Efficiency Function (Cooling Operation) increases compressor
capability so the system can cool at high ambient temperatures. It
automatically reduces the target low pressure as the outdoor ambi-
ent temperatures rises. 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
The function increases compressor operation, so net energy use will
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
also rise.
Use for cooling-dominant installations, and on both heat pump and
heat recovery systems. 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Always verify the refrigerant charge is correct before using this function.
Select from “oFF” or “on” options by using the SW03C forward
ŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVV
WKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Table 30: 6HWWLQJWKH+LJK(I¿FLHQF\)XQFWLRQ&RROLQJ2SHUDWLRQ Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB.
Settings Function The High Efficiency Function in Cooling Operation is set.
High Efficiency Function (Cooling Operation) Is Not
oFF (Default)
Selected
on High Efficiency Function (Cooling Operation) Selected

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
70
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

High Efficiency Function Operation Figure 21: 6HWWLQJWKH+LJK(I¿FLHQF\)XQFWLRQ$XWR'XVW0RGH

(Auto Dust Throw Mode) (Fn11) Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
High Efficiency Function (Auto Dust Throw Mode) helps remove
dirt / sand / debris that could have collected on the outdoor unit coil
surface. After the cooling, heating, etc., mode is satisfied and the
compressors are idle, this function will start the fan motors, operat- 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
ing them at full speed and in the reverse direction for a certain pe- WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
riod. Air is drawn in through the top of the outdoor unit, and passes FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
through the coil to help dislodge any loose debris.
The Auto Dust Option oP3 allows the Auto Dust Throw Mode to be
called through a third-party signal at any time. When the oP3 setting 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
is used, an LG I / O Module (sold separately) MUST be installed.
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
When the signal is sent to the outdoor unit via a third party source
(oP3), normal system operation can be interrupted, and the Auto
Dust Throw function can be performed. All other settings will not
interrupt the Multi V system operation. Select from “oFF”, “oP1” through “oP5” options (see table) options by

Outdoor Unit Functions

XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUG
Use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems. ŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

The High Efficiency Function (Auto Dust Throw) is set. PCB does not
need reset.

The Auto Dust Mode function is not a substitute for coil cleaning and does not clear the coil of all debris. A coil cleaning procedure must be included
when performing regular preventative maintenance.
Table 32: 6HWWLQJWKH+LJK(I¿FLHQF\)XQFWLRQ$XWR'XVW0RGH
Reverse Cycle Fan
Settings Time Delay Between Cycles Number of Cycles
Runtime (Minutes)
oFF (Default) - - -
oP1 5 2 Hours No Limit
oP2 5 2 Hours 2
5 Minutes Following
oP3* 3 1
Compressor Shutdown
oP4 1 - 1
oP5 1 1 Hour 2
*op3 requires LG’s I / O Module (sold separately).

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 71
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Smart Load Control (SLC) Function Figure 22: Setting the Smart Load Control Function.
(Fn14) Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
Smart Load Control Function could assist in reducing energy by low-
ering compressor lift during off-peak hours and shoulder seasons.
The function adjusts compressor lift by reading outdoor ambient 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
temperature, humidity (if FN16 is set to on), and current heating or 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
cooling demand in real time (rolling twenty [20] minute log). ƔEXWWRQ

Smart Load Control Options:

6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
• Smooth Mode (oP1): Maximize energy savings; rate of temperature
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
change less important. FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
• Normal Mode (oP2): Balance the temperature change rate with the
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

energy consumed.
• Peak Mode (oP3): Quickly cool / heat the building; energy con- Select from “oFF,” “op1” through “op3” options (see table) by using the
6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQ
sumption is less important.
DQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

All three (3) options only run for twenty (20) minutes of operation Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB. The
after a compressor start. Following the twenty (20) minute morning Smart Load Control function is set.
warm-up (or cool-down period), Smart Load Control will then use the
same algorithm irrelevant of which Smart Load Control option selected. If the outdoor unit is operating in cooling, Smart Load Control adjusts
the target low pressure; if the outdoor unit is operating in heating, Smart Load Control adjusts the target high pressure.

Smart Load Control can be used in almost every application except those where the outdoor unit is supporting a Dedicated Outdoor Air
System (contact an LG representative for information). Smart Load Control will not have an impact on operation if the system is running in
simultaneous cooling / heating (heat recovery systems only).

Use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.

Table 33: Setting the Smart Load Control Function.
Settings Smart Load Control Operation Mode Details (First Twenty [20] Minutes)
oFF (Default) Off Not Selected; Disabled -
oP1 On Smooth Maximize Energy Savings
Balance the Room Temperature Rate of Change with Energy
oP2 On Normal
Consumed
oP3 On Peak Quickly Change the Temperature.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
72
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Humidity Reference (Fn16) Figure 23: Setting the Humidity Reference Function.
When humidity reference is selected (on), the master outdoor unit Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
microprocessor considers the outdoor ambient humidity condition DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
when making adjustments to the control values of the refrigeration
cycle. Records humidity every minute, and uses the last twenty (20) 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
minutes of data to calculate current humidity and dewpoint. 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
The Humidity Reference function is used by Smart Load Control ƔEXWWRQ
(FN14), Comfort Cooling (ID10), and core logic Intelligent Defrost –
Smart Heating algorithms to prepare the system for changes in the 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
building load. WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems. FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Table 34: Setting the Humidity Reference.

Select from “oFF” or “on” options (see table) by using the SW03C
Settings Function IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQ
oFF (Default) Mode Not Set; Disabled SUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
on Humidity Reference On

Outdoor Unit Functions

Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB.
Humidity Reference is set.
• When using the Smart Load Control in cooling mode, the Humidity
Reference function could assist in improving energy savings because the evaporation temperature decreases.
• If high humidity conditions exist when the system is operating in heating mode, defrost mode will be delayed because target high / low
pressure will be changed (Intelligent Defrost - Smart Heating).
• If Comfort Cooling is selected for one (1) or more indoor units, then the superheat reset will be delayed or will not reset at all under humid
outdoor conditions.

Power Consumption Display (Fn21) Figure 24: Setting the Power Consumption Display Function.
The function tells the outdoor unit (master outdoor unit if a multi- Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
frame system) that power consumption must be monitored. The DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
function also communicates to the outdoor unit if it will be respon-
sible for reporting the data to the central control device(s), or if an 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
(optional) LG Power Distribution Integrator (PDI) will be responsible 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
for reporting. ƔEXWWRQ
When the optional PDI is installed, the PDI will monitor outdoor unit
power consumption. PDI allocates outdoor unit power consumed to 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
indoor units based on the volume of refrigerant flow through each WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
indoor unit during the billing period. FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
Power consumption data can then be viewed using an LG ACP or
AC Smart central controller, LG MultiSite Communications Manager, Select from oFF, “Pd10,” or “Pd11” options (see table) by using the
and LG zone controllers. For installations where a third-party BMS 6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQ
system is present, consumption data is also made available for DQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
through LG’s BACnet Gateway.
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.
The Power Consumption Display function is set.
Table 35: Setting the Power Consumption Function. PCB does not need reset.

Settings Power Monitoring

oFF (Default) No Power Monitoring
Pd10 Outdoor Unit Assigned Reporting Duty
Pd11 PDI Installed and Assigned Reporting Duty

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 73
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Overall Defrost Operating in Low Figure 25: Setting the Low Temperatures Defrost Function (Heating).
Temperatures (Heating) (Fn22) Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
The Overall Defrost Operating in Low Temperatures function
overrides LG’s Intelligent Defrost algorithm, and first defrosts the
lower half of the coil, and then defrosts the full coil. On multi-frame 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
systems, all frames are in defrost simultaneously. Defrost operation 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
occurs every three (3) hours, irrespective of need, whenever the ƔEXWWRQ
RXWGRRUDLUWHPSHUDWXUHLV)
Used in locations where heavy snow fall is prevalent, or when a 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
small amount of ice build-up on the outdoor unit coil has a noticeable WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
impact on building comfort. FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
Overall Defrost Operating in Low Temperatures can also be used
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

with Fn4 - Overall Defrost, Fn6 - Snow Removal Assist / Rapid Overall Defrost Operating in Low Temperatures (Heating) is set.
Defrost, and SE6 - Forced Defrost. PCB does not need reset.
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.
Table 36: Setting the Overall Defrost Operating in Low Temperatures (Heating).
Settings Overall Defrost Operating in Low Temperatures Enabled
oFF (Default) No
on Yes

Drain Pan Heater (Optional) Figure 26: Setting the Drain Pan Heater Function.
Function (Fn23) Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
Informs the master outdoor unit microprocessor that
an optional field-installed drain pan heater (sold 6HOHFWWKH³)XQF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&
separately) is installed. The optional drain pan heat- EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
er maintains the bottom of the outdoor unit >32ºF to
keep condensate from freezing.
Selecting to engage this option must only be done 6HOHFWWKH³)Q´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&
if a properly sized pan heater is in place to keep EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
the bottom surface of the outdoor unit >32°F. The
microprocessor will power outdoor unit PCB terminal
6HOHFWIURP³R))´RU³RQ´RSWLRQVE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&
CN25 when at least one (1) compressor in the frame EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
is operating, the outdoor air temperature is <39ºF,
and either the following conditions occur:
The Drain Pan Heater Operation Function is set.
1. Outdoor unit is operating in heating. PCB does not need reset.
2. Outdoor unit is in defrost.

The controller will shut off the drain pan heating

operation when the outdoor air temperature rises Table 37: Setting the Drain Pan Heater Function.
>39ºF, or when all compressors stop operating.
Settings Drain Pan Heater Kit Installed
oFF (Default) No
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery
on Yes
systems.

On multi-frame systems, it is possible for one (1) or more frame(s) to be operating in heating, and have another frame operating in cooling. Setting
value must be set on a per frame basis on multi-frame systems.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
74
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Comfort Cooling (Id10) Table 38: Setting Comfort Cooling Operation.

When comfort cooling is on, the indoor unit cooling coil target superheat value is Settings Function
increased in steps as the space temperature approaches the setpoint temperature (rate 00 OFF, Default; Do Not Use Comfort
of outdoor temperature change and humidity influence the superheat adjustment). This Cooling on the Selected Indoor Unit.
results in warmer chilled air coming from the indoor unit. The function extends cooling 01 4°C (7.2°F)
operation run time. Comfort Cooling must be set on an indoor unit to indoor unit basis 02 2°C (3.6°F)
unless the apply to all option is selected. 03 1°C (1.8°F)
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.
Figure 27: Setting the Comfort Cooling Operation Mode.
Power up the system, including all outdoor unit(s), indoor units, and heat recovery units (in Heat Recovery Systems only).

Turn OFF all indoor units where Comfort Cooling will be applied. Comfort Cooling cannot be applied to any indoor unit that is ON.

Access the outdoor unit SSD display on the main PCB.

Outdoor Unit Functions

Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.

6HOHFWWKH³,GX´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

6HOHFWWKH³,G´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Select which indoor units will operate in Comfort Cooling. Select “ALL” if Comfort Cooling is to be applied to all indoor units. Select “EACH”
if Comfort Cooling is to be applied to some indoor units. After the selection is made, SUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

If “EACH” was selected, the indoor units that are to be operating in Comfort Cooling must be identified. Use WKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQ
DQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQWRVFUROOWKURXJKWKHOLVWRILQGRRUXQLWVRQWKHV\VWHPDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQWRFKRRVH
Use LGMV to identify the addresses of the indoor units on the system.

The maximum amount of superheat reset that Comfort Cooling allows must be selected. Range is displayed in °C, and the higher the value
chosen, the higher the leaving air temperature will be allowed in Comfort Cooling.

7KH¿UVWRQHWZRGLJLWVRQWKHRXWGRRUXQLW3&%66'LGHQWLI\WKHDGGUHVVRIWKHLQGRRUXQLWEHLQJVHWIRU&RPIRUW&RROLQJWKHODVWWZRGLJLWVUHS-
resent the current Comfort Cooling range assigned to that indoor unit. (See the “Setting Comfort Cooling Operation” table for the available options.)
Use WKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQWR¿QGWKHDSSURSULDWH&RPIRUW&RROLQJVHWWLQJ$IWHUWKHVHOHFWLRQLVPDGH
SUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Repeat previous three (3) steps for all indoor units chosen for Comfort Cooling operation. Use WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQWRDFFHVVWKHLQGRRU
units on the system. Use WKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQWR¿QGWKHDSSURSULDWH&RPIRUW&RROLQJVHWWLQJ$IWHUWKH
selection is made, SUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

$IWHUDOOLQGRRUXQLWVKDYHEHHQVHWSUHVVWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQPXOWLSOHWLPHVWRUHWXUQRUWRH[LWWKHVHWWLQJPHQX

Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to OFF.

The Comfort Cooling Operation mode is set. No outdoor unit PCB reset or power cycle required.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 75
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Pump Down (SE1, Pd) Table 39: Setting the Pump Down Function.
Pump Down function gathers the refrigerant in the system, and sends it to the outdoor unit. Settings Function
Use Pump Down function when there is a refrigerant leak, or if an indoor unit needs to be re- oFF (Default) Pump Down is not enabled.
placed. The maximum refrigerant for outdoor units is size dependent and varies between 14.3
Pump Down is enabled.
and 37.5 lbs per frame. If the system charge is greater than the volume that can be stored, Pd (on) Display Will Show Low
a supplemental vacuum pump and third-party storage containers will be required. Set Pump Pressure.
Down mode on the master outdoor unit, but all outdoor units will function while the system is
in Pump Down. For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.
Outdoor Unit Service Valves for Heat Recovery
Keep the liquid service valves to each System Pump Down
outdoor unit closed. See figures at right for
instructions on which vapor service valve is
WREHRSHQIRUZKLFKV\VWHP
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Open
Closed Closed
Reset power, then turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
',3VZLWFKEDQN6:WR216HOHFWWKH³6Y&´PRGHE\XVLQJ
WKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQV
Liquid Low Pressure High Pressure
Pipe Vapor Pipe Vapor Pipe

Choose SE1, Pd, and then press the red Outdoor Unit Service Valves for Heat Pump
System Pump Down
6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Operate the system in all indoor unit cooling.

*Current low
pressure Open
Closed Closed

No Liquid Not Used Vapor

Is the low pressure target satisfied. Pipe (Keep Closed) Pipe

Yes Outdoor Unit Service Valves for Heat Recovery

System After Pump Down Is Complete

Low pressure *Current low Pump down complete.

SVL pressure Close service valves.
*Low pressure <44.5
SVLOLJKWZLOOEOLQN Closed Closed Closed

Press the red SW01C

ƔEXWWRQWRFRQILUP Liquid Low Pressure High Pressure
Pipe Vapor Pipe Vapor Pipe

Outdoor Unit Service Valves for Heat Pump

Turn all indoor units and outdoor units off. System After Pump Down Is Complete

Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit

3&%',3VZLWFKEDQN6:WR2)) Closed Closed Closed
Reset power.

Liquid Not Used Vapor

Pipe (Keep Closed) Pipe

1. If low pressure falls below 33.2 psi, the system will automatically turn off. Immediately close the vapor service valves. (See figures
above.)
2. If low pressure falls below 44.5 psi (light will blink), immediately close the vapor service valves of all outdoor units.

• Use the Pump Down function while ambient conditions are within the manufacturer’s operating temperature ranges:
Indoor Units = 68~89.6°F; Outdoor Units = 41~104°F.
• Do not run the indoor units in thermo off mode during Pump Down.
• Maximum operation time of Pump Down is thirty (30) minutes (in case low pressure does not satisfy target levels immediately).
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
76
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Pump Out (SE2, Po) Table 40: Setting the Pump Out Function.
The Pump Out function pushes refrigerant from a malfunctioning outdoor unit to other outdoor Settings Function
units, indoor units, and the building piping system. Use this function if an outdoor unit com- oFF (Default) Pump Out is not enabled.
pressor fails, if a part is defective and needs to be replaced, or if there is a leak. In systems
Pump Out is enabled.
with short piping systems, the refrigerant amount that can be pumped from the outdoor unit Po (on) Display Will Show Low
will be limited, and additional refrigerant storage containers will need to be used. Set Pump Pressure.
Out mode on the master outdoor unit, but all outdoor units will function while the system is in
Pump Out. For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.
Outdoor Unit Service Valves for Heat Recovery
Keep the liquid service valves to each System Pump Out
outdoor unit closed. See figures at right for
instructions on which vapor service valve is
WREHRSHQIRUZKLFKV\VWHP
Open
Closed Closed
Reset power, then turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
',3VZLWFKEDQN6:WR216HOHFWWKH³6Y&´PRGHE\XVLQJ
WKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQV
Liquid Low Pressure High Pressure

Outdoor Unit Functions

Pipe Vapor Pipe Vapor Pipe

Choose SE2, Po, and then press the red Outdoor Unit Service Valves for Heat Pump
6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ System Pump Out

*Current low
Operate the system in all indoor unit heating. Open
pressure
Closed Closed

No Liquid Not Used Vapor

Is the low pressure target satisfied. Pipe (Keep Closed) Pipe

Yes Outdoor Unit Service Valves for Heat Recovery

System After Pump Out Is Complete

Low pressure *Current low Pump down complete.

pressure Close service valves.
>33.2 psi.
*Low pressure <44.5 Closed Closed Closed
SVLOLJKWZLOOEOLQN
Press the red SW01C
ƔEXWWRQWRFRQILUP Liquid Low Pressure High Pressure
Pipe Vapor Pipe Vapor Pipe

Outdoor Unit Service Valves for Heat Pump

System After Pump Out Is Complete
Turn all indoor units and outdoor units off.

Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit

3&%',3VZLWFKEDQN6:WR2)) Closed Closed Closed
Reset power.

Liquid Not Used Vapor

Pipe (Keep Closed) Pipe

1. If low pressure falls below 33.2 psi, the system will automatically turn off. Immediately close the vapor service valve of all outdoor units
(Heat Pump systems only). (See figures above.)
2. If low pressure falls below 44.5 psi (light will blink), immediately close the vapor service valves of all outdoor units.

• Use the Pump Out function while ambient conditions are within the manufacturer’s operating temperature ranges:
Indoor Units = 50~89.6°F; Outdoor Units = 41~104°F.
• Do not run the indoor units in thermo off mode during Pump Out (in case low pressure does not satisfy levels).
• Maximum operation time of Pump Out takes two (2) to five (5) minutes after the compressor starts.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 77
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Pump Out for Heat Recovery Systems

Example of Pump Out Function When Slave2 Outdoor Unit Experiences Inverter Compressor Failure.

Closed Open

Slave 2 Outdoor Unit Slave 1 Outdoor Unit Master Outdoor Unit

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Heating Mode Heating Mode Heating Mode

Liquid Low High Liquid Low High Liquid Low High

Pipe Pressure Pressure Pipe Pressure Pressure Pipe Pressure Pressure
Vapor Pipe Vapor Pipe Vapor Pipe Vapor Pipe Vapor Pipe Vapor Pipe

1. Verify the liquid pipe and low pressure vapor pipe of the outdoor Figure 28: Close Up of Heat Recovery Service Ports and Refrigerant
unit are closed for Pump Out operation. Open the high pressure Charge Valve.
vapor pipe service valve. Service Ports
2. Operate Pump Out function.
3. Close high pressure vapor pipe of unit after Pump Out is
complete.
4. Replace inverter compressor, eliminate remaining refrigerant of
the corresponding outdoor unit, and perform Vacuum procedureLiquid Pipe
using Vacuum Mode. Vapor Pipe
5. Add refrigerant using the Refrigerant Auto Charge Function.
Refrigerant Charging Valve

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
78
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Pump Out for Heat Pump Systems

Example of Pump Out Function When Slave2 Outdoor Unit Experiences Inverter Compressor Failure.

Closed Open

Slave 2 Outdoor Unit Slave 1 Outdoor Unit Master Outdoor Unit

Heating Mode Heating Mode Heating Mode

Outdoor Unit Functions

Liquid Not Used Vapor Liquid Not Used Vapor Liquid Not Used Vapor
Pipe (Keep Pipe Pipe (Keep Pipe Pipe (Keep Pipe
Closed) Closed) Closed)

1. Verify the liquid pipe of the outdoor unit is closed for Pump Out Figure 29: Close Up of Heat Pump Service Ports and Refrigerant
operation. Open the vapor pipe service valve. Charge Valve.
2. Operate Pump Out function.
3. Close the vapor pipe service valve of unit after Pump Out is
complete.
Service Port
4. Replace inverter compressor, eliminate remaining refrigerant of
the corresponding outdoor unit, and perform Vacuum procedure
using Vacuum Mode.
5. Add refrigerant using the Refrigerant Auto Charge Function.

Liquid pipe

For Heat Pump Systems,

Not Used (Keep Closed)

Vapor pipe

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 79
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Vacuum Mode (SE3, vAcc) Figure 30: Vacuum Mode Setting Locations.
The vacuum mode can be used as an option for creating vacuum in No. 5 on DIP-SW01
the system when the outdoor unit is first installed, if power is avail-
able, and if the system has already been auto addressed. Vacuum SSD
mode enables the system to fully open all valves, and can help 6:&;&DQFHO
speed up the evacuation process.
Vacuum mode can also be used when compressor and / or outdoor
SW03C ( )RUZDUG
unit parts are replaced, or when an indoor unit is added or replaced. SW02C ( %DFNZDUG
SW01C ( &RQ¿UP
1. Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB DIP Switch SW01 to $XWRPDWLF$GGUHVVLQJ
ON. 6:'5HVHW
2. 6HOHFWWKH³6Y&´PRGH%\XVLQJWKHŹDQGŻEXWWRQVWKHQSXVK
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

WKHƔEXWWRQ No. 5 on DIP-SW01

3. 6HOHFWWKH³6(´IXQFWLRQ%\XVLQJWKHŹDQGŻ%XWWRQVWKHQ
SXVKWKHƔEXWWRQ ON
4. Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB, and
start the vacuum mode “vACC”. In vacuum mode, the outdoor
unit valve is open, the outdoor unit EEV is open, and the indoor
OFF
unit(s) EEV(s) is/are open. The heat recovery unit(s) valve(s) and
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
EEVs are open (if system includes heat recovery units).
5. To cancel the vacuum mode, turn No. 5 on the master outdoor
unit PCB DIP Switch SW01 to OFF, and push the SW01D reset
button on the outdoor unit PCB. On a multi-frame system, push
the SW01D reset button on ALL outdoor units.

Setting Vacuum Mode Canceling Vacuum Mode

Turn Master Outdoor Unit PCB No. 5 DIP Switch to ON. Turn on Master Outdoor Unit.

<AND>
6HOHFWWKH³6Y&´0RGH%\8VLQJWKHŹDQGŻ
%XWWRQVWKHQ3XVKWKHƔ%XWWRQ
Push the Reset Button on the Outdoor Unit PCB. On a Multi-
Frame System, Push the Reset Button on ALL Outdoor Units.

6HOHFWWKH³6H´)XQFWLRQ%\8VLQJWKHŹDQGŻ
%XWWRQVWKHQ3XVKWKHƔ%XWWRQ
• Outdoor unit operation stops during Vacuum Mode, so the com-
pressor cannot operate.
• Limit vacuum mode to less than 48 hours of continuous operation.
Start the Vacuum Mode “vACC.” If vacuum mode is not stopped, the system will continue to operate
• Outdoor Unit Valve is Fully Open. with all EEVs and valves open on the non-vacuum mode termi-
• Outdoor Unit EEV is Fully Open. nated slave outdoor units. The refrigerant will flood back to the
compressors on those non-vacuum mode terminated slave outdoor
• Indoor Unit(s) EEV(s) is/are Fully Open.
units, which will result in poor operation, equipment malfunction
• Heat Recovery Unit(s) Valves and EEVs are and / or compressor damage.
Fully Open.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
80
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Manual Back Up for Inverter Figure 31: Setting the Manual Back Up for Inverter Compressor
Function.
Compressor (SE4)
Turn No. 5 on the outdoor unit (with the malfunctioning compressor)
The Manual Back Up function allows the system to operate if an PCB DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
inverter compressor fails (defective compressor operation is halted),
manually backing up the compressor until it is serviced to an operat-
ing condition or replaced. It informs the outdoor unit microprocessor 6HOHFWWKH³6YF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
that one compressor is not available for operation. It does not isolate 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
ƔEXWWRQ
the refrigerant flow between the compressor and the piping system.

6HOHFWWKH³6(´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
Error can be displayed every six (6) hours.
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.
Select from “oFF’, “inv1”, “inv2”, and unit backup by using the SW03C
IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQ
The Manual Back Up for Inverter Compressor function requires the SUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Outdoor Unit Functions

/*WUDLQHGVHUYLFHSURYLGHUWRVHWWKHPLFURSURFHVVRURQWKHVSHFL¿F
outdoor unit with the malfunctioning compressor.
Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB.
Table 41: Setting Manual Back Up Function. The Manual Back Up Function is set.
Settings Function
oFF (Default) Manual Back Up is Disabled. All Compressors are Operating Normally.
inv1 Compressor Number 1 Malfunctioning; Manual Back Up is Enabled.
inv2 Compressor Number 2 Malfunctioning; Manual Back Up is Enabled.
Unit Backup Unit Backup is Enabled.

• The Manual Back Up for Inverter Compressor function is for temporary use only. Leaving a damaged compressor in an outdoor unit for an
extended period will lead to multiple compressor failures in the system.
• Do not forget to turn this function OFF after the compressor is replaced.

Forced Oil Return (SE5, 01) Figure 32: Setting the Forced Oil Return Function.
The Forced Oil Return function overrides LG’s Smart Oil Manage- Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
ment algorithm, replacing it with a timed oil return that initiates every DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
fifteen minutes when the sensor indicates the oil level is low. Use
the function in applications where oil return has been problematic, a 6HOHFWWKH³6YF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
compressor failed due to low oil and the cause is unknown. 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
ƔEXWWRQ
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.
Table 42: Setting Forced Oil Return Function. 6HOHFWWKH³6(´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
Settings Function FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
oFF (Default) Forced Oil Return is Disabled.
Forced Oil Return is Enabled. Oil Return Occurs
01 6HOHFWIURP³R))´RU³´E\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
Every Fifteen (15) Minutes When Low.
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

The Forced Oil Return function begins. PCB does not need reset.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 81
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Forced Defrost (SE6, dEF) Figure 33: Setting the Forced Defrost Function.
The Forced Defrost function overrides LG’s Intelligent Defrost algo- Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
rithm when the outside ambient air temperature is <14ºF, occurring DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
every three (3) hours irrelevant of need. Use the function when
defrost at low ambient temperatures does not completely clear the 6HOHFWWKH³6YF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
coil, and the frost that remains impacts comfort levels. It can also be 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
used on installations where the outdoor unit heating capacity needs ƔEXWWRQ
to be optimized at all times during low ambient operation to maintain
comfort.
6HOHFWWKH³6(´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
On single outdoor unit systems, Forced Defrost will defrost the lower WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
half of the coil for four (4) minutes, followed by a twenty (20) minute FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
full coil defrost (total defrost cycle time is twenty-four [24] minutes).
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

On multi-frame systems, the entire coil on each frame will defrost

6HOHFWIURP³R))´RU³G()´E\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQ
concurrently (total system defrost cycle time is twenty [20] minutes).
DQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.
The Forced Defrost function begins. PCB does not need reset.
Forced Defrost can also be used with Fn4 - Overall Defrost, Fn6
- Snow Removal Assist / Rapid Defrost (oP2 or oP3), and Fn22 -
Overall Defrost Operating in Low Temperatures. Combining all of
these functions will result in the most aggressive defrost capability.

Table 43: Setting Forced Defrost Function.

Settings Function
oFF (Default) Forced Defrost is Disabled.
Forced Defrost is Enabled. Oil Return Occurs Every
dEF
Three (3) Hours Irrelevant of Need.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
82
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Cycle Data View (SE8) Figure 34: Setting the Cycle Data View Function.
Cycle Data View displays the cycle data of the operating outdoor Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
unit. Cycle Data View can display 26 different cycle datapoints on DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
the SSD.
6HOHFWWKH³6YF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems. 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
ƔEXWWRQ

6HOHFWWKH³6(´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Select from “oP1” through “oP26” by using the SW03C forward

ŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVV
WKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

Outdoor Unit Functions

The Cycle Data View function begins. See table below for “oP1”
through ‘oP26” option information.

Table 44: Cycle Data View Datapoint Options.

Option Description Display Example seg_1 seg_2 seg_3 seg_4
op1 Current High Pressure P1 4,320.9 kPA (626.7 psi) 4 3 2 1
op2 Current Low Pressure P2 1,234.2 kPA (179 psi) 1 2 3 4
op3 Inv 1 Pulse h1 120 Hz 1 2 0
op4 Inv 2 Pulse h2 30 3 0
op5 Fan RPMs h3 110 1 1 0
op6 Degree of Subcooling T1 5.3°C (41.5°F) 5 3
op7 Degree of Superheating T2 -4.5°C (23.9°F) - 4 5
op8 Outdoor Unit Temperature T3 10°C (50°F) 1 0 0
op9 Suction Temperature T4 43.4°C (110.1°F) 4 3 4
op10 Compressor 1 Discharge Temperature T5 150°C (302°F) 1 5 0
op11 Compressor 2 Discharge Temperature T6 124°C (255.2°F) 1 2 4
op12 Liquid Pipe Temperature T7 10°C (50°F) 1 0 0
op13 Sc_in T8 10°C (50°F) 1 0 0
op14 Sc_out T9 10°C (50°F) 1 0 0
op15 Hex_total T10 10°C (50°F) 1 0 0
op16 Hex_hi T11 10°C (50°F) 1 0 0
op17 Hex_low T12 10°C (50°F) 1 0 0
op18 Inlet Pipe Temperature of Indoor Unit T13 -10°C (14°F - 1 0 0
op19 Main 1 EEV PLS1 1,940 1 9 4 0
op20 Main 2 EEV PLS2 32 3 2
op21 SC EEV PLS3 16 1 6
op22 Oil EEV PLS4 50 5 0
op23 vi eev 1 PLS5 1,350 1 3 5 0
op24 vi eev 2 PLS6 8 8
op25 Operation Capacity of Indoor Units IDU1 24,000 2 4
op26 Total Number of Indoor Units IDU2 10 1 0

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 83
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Refrigerant Sound Reduction Mode Figure 35: Setting the Refrigerant Sound Reduction Function.
(SE9) Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
This function reduces refrigerant flow sound in the liquid piping DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
caused by mixed-state refrigerant by adjusting air flow across the
outdoor unit coil. It reduces the refrigerant flow sound at all indoor 6HOHFWWKH³6YF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
units when system is operating in heating or cooling. The function 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
will impact all indoor units; selective indoor unit application is not ƔEXWWRQ
possible.
6HOHFWWKH³6(´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
In cooling, when the compressor speed remains constant, reduc- WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
ing the airflow over the outdoor unit coil raises head pressure and FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
sub-cooling. Increased subcooling reduces the possibility that gas
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

bubbles will form in the liquid line before reaching the indoor unit Select from “oFF”, “oP1”, or “oP2” by using the SW03C forward
EEVs. ŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVV
WKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
In heating, when the compressor speed remains constant, the
temperature of the superheated gas leaving the compressor and en- Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB.
tering the indoor coil is reduced. This results in slightly less heating The Refrigerant Sound Reduction function begins.
performance, but sub-cooling rises in the liquid leaving the indoor
(condenser) coil. More sub-cooling keeps gas bubbles from forming
before the liquid passes through the condenser coil EEV valve.

Can be used with Fn14 - Smart Load Control and Id10 - Comfort Cooling without severely impacting the energy saved or reducing comfort
levels

For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.

• Because of the restricted refrigerant flow, it will take longer to preheat the coil on startup.
• An incorrect charge can result in refrigerant flow related sound. Verify the system’s refrigerant charge is correct before using this function.

Table 45: Setting the Refrigerant Sound Reduction Function.

Settings Adjustment Description
oFF (Default) Normal RPM No Adjustment
oP1 Normal - 200 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Reduced by 200 RPM
oP2 Normal - 100 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Reduced by 100 RPM

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
84
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Fan Low Sound in Heating (SE11) Figure 37: Setting the Fan Low Sound in Heating Function.
The Fan Low Sound in Heating mode reduces outdoor unit fan Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
speed when the system is in heating and the system has a light load. DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
Use when the outdoor units are installed in sound-sensitive area.
The mode operates only when: 6HOHFWWKH³6YF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
• Outdoor unit coil temperature is >38°F. 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
• Air temperature is <41°F. ƔEXWWRQ
• Heating load is <30% of total indoor unit capacity.
• Refrigerant heating effect is reduced, however, is not needed. 6HOHFWWKH³6(´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
• Refrigerant flow sound (if any is present) is reduced through active- WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
ly heating indoor units. FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.
6HOHFWIURPR))´RU³RQ´E\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
Table 47: Setting the Fan Low Sound in Heating Function. WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
Settings Function

Outdoor Unit Functions

oFF (Default) Fan Low Sound in Heating is Not Enabled.
Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB. The Fan
on Fan Low Sound in Heating is Enabled. Low Sound in Heating is set.

Number of Partial Defrosts (SE12)

Sets the number of split-coil (or split-frame on multi-frame systems) defrost cycles occurring between the full-frame defrost cycles. Use the
function in areas where the winter temperatures are mild (above freezing), only light frost or ice occurs, or if the building has significant air
leaks and the system might need to operate in heating as much as possible.
• Selections range from one (1) to eleven (11)
• In areas where winter weather is milder, select a higher value.
SE12 function settings are ignored if Fn4 - (Overall) Defrost and / or Fn22 - Overall Defrost Operating in Low Temperatures is / are selected.
For use on both heat pump and heat recovery systems.

Table 46: Setting the Number of Partial Defrosts Function. Figure 36: Setting the Number of Partial Defrosts Function.
Settings Partial Defrosts Cycles Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
oFF (Default) Function not set; 2 is factory set DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
oP1 1
oP2 2 6HOHFWWKH³6YF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
oP3 3 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
oP4 4 ƔEXWWRQ
oP5 5
oP6 6
6HOHFWWKH³6(´IXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
oP7 7
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
oP8 8 FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
oP9 9
oP10 10
oP11 11 Select from “oP1” through “oP11” (see table) by using the SW03C
IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQ
SUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ

The Number of Partial Defrosts function begins. No outdoor unit PCB

reset or power cycle required.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 85
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Level Change of Error Code CH200 (SE14)

Error code CH200 is an “Auto pipe search failure - Failure to find an indoor unit,” and displays on all zone controllers, central controllers, and
BACnet and LonWorks gateways. After auto operation, Error Code CH200 will display if the number of the indoor units detected is different
from the number of communicating indoor units. The response to Error Code CH200 is usually a Level 1 type, which will shut down the
outdoor unit(s). The Level Change of Error Code CH200 function will change the Level 1 response to a Level 3, which allows the system to
operate instead of automatically shutting down. The system shuts down with an Error Code CH200 if there is one (1) or more indoor unit(s)
that have no power and the possibility exists that an electronic expansion valve is open, or if liquid could return to the compressor. Apply this
function only after confirming that all indoor units without power (or indoor units that cannot establish communication with the outdoor unit)
have expansion valves in the closed position.
Use in applications where the LG-trained service technician wants to restart a system for diagnostic purposes, or to operate the system for
an extended period with no power to one (1) or more indoor units. The system can operate safely without damage to the compressor if:
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

• The indoor unit(s) currently without power / communication was (were) turned off using the on / off button;
• The last operating mode for the indoor unit(s) currently without power / communication was (were) Fan Only (thermal off);
• The LG-trained service technician confirmed the expansion valve for the indoor unit(s) currently without power / communication was (were)
was closed using LGMV;
• The space temperature was well above / below the setpoint, and the indoor unit(s) currently without power / communication was (were) not
calling for heating or cooling (thermal off condition was confirmed);
or;
• Isolation valves on both the liquid and vapor piping are closed.

The error code cannot be removed until the malfunction is fixed, a successful auto pipe search function is complete, and the outdoor unit
PCB is reset using the SW01D Reset Button.

For use on heat recovery systems only.

Table 48: Setting the Level Change of Error Code CH200 Function. Figure 38: Setting the Level Change of Error Code CH200 Function.
Settings Function Turn No. 5 on the master outdoor unit PCB
Level Change of Error Code CH200 is Not Enabled. DIP switch bank SW01 to ON.
oFF (Default) Level 1 / Outdoor Unit Shutdown and Manual Restart
Required. 6HOHFWWKH³6YF´PRGHE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQGWKH
Level Change of Error Code CH200 is Enabled. 6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&FRQILUP
on Level 3 / Outdoor Unit Continues Operation and ƔEXWWRQ
CH200 Error Code is Displayed
6HOHFWWKH³6(ÍXQFWLRQE\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
When this function is enabled (Level 3), the LG-trained service tech- FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
nician must not leave the system unmonitored without re-establishing
power and communication to all indoor units, or locking out all indoor 6HOHFWIURP³R))´RU³RQÉ\XVLQJWKH6:&IRUZDUGŹEXWWRQDQG
units that are not properly communicating with the outdoor unit. Leaving WKH6:&EDFNZDUGŻEXWWRQDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH6:&
the outdoor unit operating with CH200 unresolved creates a potential for FRQILUPƔEXWWRQ
compressor slugging (and eventual damage) if the error code was due
to indoor unit power loss.
Press the SW01D Reset Button one (1) time to reset PCB.
The Level Change of Error Code CH200 function begins.
During initial system commissioning (or re-commissioning) Error No.
&+3LSH'HWHFWLRQ(UURU±IDLOXUHWR¿QGLQGRRUXQLWÉ\GHIDXOW
FDOOVIRUDQLPPHGLDWHVKXWGRZQZLWKRXW¿UVWSHUIRUPLQJDQ\DXWRUHVWDUW
attempts. For more information on CH200, see the Troubleshooting
section.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
86
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OTHER CONTROLS
Setting Optional Modes

Auto Back Up for Inverter Compressor

The Auto Back Up function allows the system to operate if an inverter compressor fails, automatically backing up the compressor (defective
compressor operation is halted). No need to set a code for this feature—this function operates automatically using system logic. Errors can
be displayed every six (6) hours.

Outdoor unit is operating.

Inverter compressor failure

Error Nos. 21, 22, 26, 27 may occur.

Auto Back Up operation Initiates.

Outdoor Unit Functions

Indoor units / outdoor units display error for ten (10) minutes.

Error clears from indoor unit controller,

indoor unit operation possible.

No
Time > Six (6) Hours

Yes

Example: Slave1 Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor 1 fails (Error No. 21 displays)

(Repeats)

Error Compressor
Unit (1: Master, 2: Slave1, 3: Slave 2)
Error number

• Request service immediately if error occurs.

• Auto Back Up Function is set up to one (1) inverter compressor.
• When Auto Back Up Function begins, the error code displays for ten (10) minutes every six (6) hours.
• Error will display continuously at the corresponding outdoor unit.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 87
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT
PARTS FUNCTIONS

Table 49: Heat Recovery Unit Parts Table.

Name Symbol Function
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe LPGV Pipe for Low Pressure Vapor
High Pressure Vapor Pipe HPGV Pipe for High Pressure Vapor
Liquid Pipe 1 LP1 Liquid Pipe to the Outdoor Unit(s)
Liquid Bypass Valve LBV Prevents Liquid Charge
Solenoid Assembly 1, 2 SOL1, 2 Controls Path for Heating or Cooling
Liquid Pipe 2 LP2 Liquid Pipe to the Indoor Unit(s)
Vapor Pipe GSP Vapor Pipe to the Indoor Units
Controls the Pressure Between High and Low Pressure
Balancing Valve BLV
Pipes During Operation Changeover
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Subcooling EEV SCEEV Controls Subcooling

Figure 39: Heat Recovery Unit Parts Diagram. Liquid Pipe 1

Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

High Pressure Vapor Pipe

Subcooling EEV

Balancing Valve

Vapor Pipe

Liquid Pipe 2
Liquid Bypass Valve

Solenoid Assembly 1

Solenoid Assembly 2

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
88
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT
DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS

PRHR022A Heat Recovery Unit

Heat Recovery Unit Functions

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 89
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT
DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS

PRHR032A Heat Recovery Unit

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
90
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT
DIMENSIONAL DIAGRAMS

PRHR042A Heat Recovery Unit

Heat Recovery Unit Functions

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 91
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT
WIRING DIAGRAM

PRHR022A, 032A, 042A

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
92
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT
REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

PRHR022A, 032A, 042A

Low-Pressure Vapor Pipe

Liquid Pipe

High-Pressure Vapor Pipe

Heat Recovery Unit Functions

Solenoid
Liquid pipe
Vapor pipe

Liquid pipe

Vapor pipe

Liquid pipe
Vapor pipe

Liquid pipe

Vapor pipe
EEV

Sensor

A : Switches operation between cooling and heating.

B : Decreases noise following subcooling operation between inlet of one indoor unit and outlet of another indoor unit during simultaneous
operation.
C : Prevents liquid from entering high-pressure vapor valve and heat recovery unit during cooling mode.
D : Controls pressure between the high and low pressure vapor pipes during simultaneous operation.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 93
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT FUNCTIONS
Basic Control

Normal Operation
Table 50: Normal Operation Functions.
Component Power On Cooling Operation Heating Operation Stop Operation
High Pressure Vapor Valve Close Close Open Keep
Open after thirty (30)
Low Pressure (Vapor Valve Open Close Keep
seconds
Liquid Valve Close Open Close Close

Start Control (Heating Mode Only)

When the system operates in heating mode, all of the high pressure vapor valves in the heat recovery unit are open.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Valve Control
See Mode Change Time Calculations in the "Mode Change Time Calculation" table. How the valves are controlled by the Mode Change Time
can be seen in the "Valve Control by Mode Change Time" table.

Table 51: Mode Change Time Calculation.

Previous Mode Change Mode Mode Change Time
Stop or Ventilation Cooling or Heating 120 seconds
Cooling Heating 180 seconds
Heating Cooling 120 seconds
During Heating: 60 seconds
Cooling or Heating Stop or Ventilation
During Cooling: 0 seconds

The time of Mode Change Time will differ based on the software version of the heat recovery unit PCB.

Table 52: Valve Control by Mode Change Time.

Operation Mode Mode Change Time High Pressure Vapor Valve Low Pressure Vapor Valve Balancing Valve
7LPH Keep Keep Close
Cooling 0 < Time < 120 Close Close Open
Time = 0 Close Open Close
7LPH Keep Keep Close
Heating 0 < Time < 180 Close Close Close
Time = 0 Open Close Close
0 < Time < 5 Cooling Mode: Close Keep Close
Stop or Ventilation Heating Mode: Low Pressure
Time = 0 Keep Close
9DSRU9DOYHĺ&ORVH

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
94
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT FUNCTIONS
Special Control

2LO5HWXUQ'HIURVW&RQWURO
Table 53: Oil Return / Defrost Control.
Component Start During Operation Stop
Inverter Compressor Stop 60 Hz 40 Hz
High Pressure Vapor Valve Keep Close Open or Close
Low Pressure Vapor Valve Keep Open Open or Close
Balancing Valve Open for 30 seconds Close Close

Liquid Bypass Control

Are the Indoor Units Operating?

Heat Recovery Unit Functions

Are All the Indoor Units No
Operating in Cooling Mode?

Yes

Solenoid Valve Open for Liquid

%\SDVV+LJK3UHVVXUH9DSRUĺ
Low Pressure Vapor Valve).

Subcooling EEV Control

Subcooling EEV operates with fuzzy logic to keep the degree of subcooling (Target: About 77°F) at the outlet of the subcooler during simulta-
neous cooling / heating operation.
Temperature of Subcooler = T Subcooler Outlet – T Subcooler Inlet

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 95
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT DIP SWITCH SETTINGS

Setting Outdoor Units to Heat Pump or Heat Recovery System

Outdoor units are factory set to heat recovery operation—all switches on DIP Switch bank SW01 are set to OFF. All outdoor unit(s) (master
and slave[s]) MUST be manually set to a heat pump system. To change the factory set heat recovery system to a heat pump system:
• Flip switch No. 4 on the DIP-SW01 bank to ON. Display will show “HR” (heat recovery).
• 3XVKWKHŹ6:&EXWWRQWRFKDQJH³+5´KHDWUHFRYHU\WR³+3´KHDWSXPSWKHQSUHVVWKHFRQILUP6:&EXWWRQ
• Flip switch No. 4 on the DIP-SW01 bank to OFF, and push the reset (SW01D) button to restart the system. If No. 4 on the DIP-SW01 bank
is switched to ON again, “HR” (heat recovery) or “HP” (heat pump) can be verified by reading the display later.
Figure 40: Heat Recovery System DIP Switch Setting on Outdoor Units Figure 41: Heat Pump System DIP Switch Setting on Outdoor Units
(Factory Set). (Manually Set).
ON ON

OFF OFF
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

6HWWLQJ2XWGRRU8QLWVLQ'XDO7ULSOH)UDPH6\VWHPV
On the DIP-SW01 bank (Main PCB), one (1) outdoor unit must be set on DIP-SW01 bank to the Master unit and the other units set to the
Slave(s) unit(s) or errors will be generated.
• For the DIP-SW01 bank on the master unit, • For the DIP-SW01 bank on the slave 1 • For the DIP-SW01 bank on the slave 2
all DIP switches must be set to off. unit, set only DIP switch 6 to ON. unit, set only DIP switch 7 to ON.
Figure 42: Master, Slave1, and Slave2 DIP Switch Settings.

Master Outdoor Unit Slave1 Outdoor Unit Slave2 Outdoor Unit

ON ON ON

OFF OFF OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
96
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SETTINGS

Addressing with Heat Recovery Units Figure 43: Heat Recovery Unit Main PCB.
Air Valve Housing
(For Heat Recovery Systems Only) No. 1 Valve Housing

General
Each heat recovery unit will have a unique address assign so the
outdoor unit will be able distinguish it from other heat recovery units.
Upon completion of the heat recovery unit address, the heat recov-
ery unit operating parameters will be set by adjusting the positions
DIP switches on SW02M and SW01M.

Procedure SSD

Before beginning the physical process of assigning heat recovery

addresses, map out the address assignments using a copy of the SW05M

LATS tree mode diagram.

SW01M
Guidelines
1. Addresses must be sequential and cannot be skipped.
SW02M SW03M SW04M (SW01M / SW03M / SW04M
Switches for Manual Valve Addressing)
2. Assign the lowest address to the heat recovery unit that has the (DIP Switch for Set Up of Heat

PCB Settings
Recovery Unit Functions)
largest capacity indoor unit connected to port number 1. If the
capacity of all indoor units connected to port number 1 of each heat recovery unit is the same, assign address “0” to the heat recovery
unit farthest away from the outdoor unit. Assign the next address to the next farthest away and so on until all heat recovery units have an
address. The heat recovery unit with the highest address must be the one closest to the outdoor unit. Up to 16 heat recovery units can be
on a single system.

Possible settings in order of lowest to highest are: 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,A,B,C,D,E,F.

Addressing must be performed following the detailed steps above because port number 1 on the heat recovery unit addressed “0” will remain open
during the auto pipe detect procedure. If the indoor unit capacity connected to the port is relatively small compared with other units on the system,
the outdoor unit high head pressure safety will trip and shut down the unit during the procedure. On LGMV, all addresses do not match because
LGMV does not see address “0”.

3. Record the address assigned to each heat recovery unit.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 97
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SETTINGS

Figure 44: Close Up of DIP Switches and Rotary Dial on the Heat Recovery Unit Main PCB.

SW05M

SW01M
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

SW02M SW03M SW04M (SW01M / SW03M / SW04M

(DIP Switch for Set Up of Heat Switches for Manual Valve Addressing)
Recovery Unit Functions)

1. Main Function of SW02M.

ON S/W Selection
No. 1 Method for addressing the heat recovery control valves (Auto / Manual)
ON No. 2 Model of heat recovery unit
No. 3 Model of heat recovery unit
OFF No. 4 Valve group setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 No. 5 Valve group setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 No. 6 Valve group setting
No. 7 Used only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)
Zone setting (“ON”)
No. 8 Used only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)
Selecting the Heat Recovery Unit Valve Addressing Method (Pipe Detection) (Auto / Manual).
Auto (Switch No. 1 on SW02M OFF) Manual (Switch No. 1 on SW02M ON)
ON ON

OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Zone Control Setting.
DIP Switch Settings
SW02M SW01M
ON ON
Normal Control
OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4

SW02M SW01M Turn the DIP Switch of the zoned

ON ON branch to ON.
Zone Control
OFF OFF Example: Branches one (1) and
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 two (2) are set to zone control.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
98
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SETTINGS

Select the Heat Recovery Unit Model.

1. Identify how many ports are connected (see table below).
2. Group ports if necessary. If any connected indoor units are “large” capacity models (indoor units with >54,000 Btu/h capacity) two heat
recovery ports must be “grouped” to serve a large capacity indoor using an inverted ‘Y” branch.
3. Set switches on SW02M as outlined in the table below and on the next page.
Table 54: Selecting the Heat Recovery Unit Model.

2 3 3 4
1 1
2 1 2

PRHR022A (Two [2] ports) PRHR032A (Three [3] ports) PRHR042A (Four [4] ports)

ON ON ON
Factory Setting OFF OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PCB Settings
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

One port ON ON ON
connected
OFF OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Two ports ON ON ON
connected OFF OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON ON
Three ports
connected OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON
Four ports
connected OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DIP Switch SW02M bank is factory set to all OFF for all heat recovery units.
• To use a PRHR022A for one port, cap off the second pipe, and set the DIP switches on the heat recovery unit for "one port connected" as
shown in the table above.
• To use a PRHR032A for two ports, cap off the third port, and set the DIP switches on the heat recovery unit for "two ports connected" as
shown in the table above.
• To use a PRHR042A for three ports, cap off the fourth port, and set the DIP switches on the heat recovery unit for "three ports connected"
as shown in the table above.
• To use a PRHR042A for two ports, cap off the third and fourth ports, and set the DIP switches on the heat recovery unit for "two ports
connected" as shown in the table above.
• Any unused port must be sealed with a brazed copper cap, not with a plastic cap.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 99
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SETTINGS

Select the Valve Group.

Table 55: SW02M Valve Group Settings.

DIP Switch Setting Example

ON 4 Indoor unit
3 Indoor unit
No Valve Group OFF
2
1 Indoor unit
Control 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Indoor unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

ON 4 Indoor unit
No. 1, 2 Valve 2
3 Indoor unit
Control OFF 1 Large capacity indoor unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON 4 Indoor unit
No. 2, 3 Valve 3 Large capacity indoor unit
2
Control OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Indoor unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON
No. 3, 4 Valve 4
3
Large capacity indoor unit
Control OFF 2 Indoor unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Indoor unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

No. 1, 2 Valve
ON
Control 4
3 Large capacity indoor unit
OFF 2 Large capacity indoor unit
No. 3, 4 Valve 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Control

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
100
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SETTINGS

If large capacity indoor units (larger than 54,000 Btu/h) are installed, the Y-branch pipe shown in the table below must be used to twin
Unit: Inch the ports.
Kit Model Vapor Pipe Liquid Pipe
No. Vapor Pipe Dimensions Model No. Liquid Pipe Dimensions Model No.
I.D. 7/8 I.D. 3/4 I.D. 1/2
I.D. 1 I.D. 5/8 I.D. 3/8 I.D. 3/8 I.D. 1/4
I.D. 3/4 I.D. 1/2
2
1
I.D. 3/4 I.D. 1/2
ARBLN03321 I.D. 5/8 I.D. 1/2 3-5/16
AJR54072906 I.D. 1/2 I.D. 3/8 I.D. 1/4 2-15/16 AJR54072902
15-3/8
3 12-5/8
16-1/4
13-1/16
I.D. 1-1/8 I.D. 7/8
I.D. 7/8
O.D. 3/4 O.D. 1 O.D. 3/4
I.D. 1
3 1 2

2-3/4 3-3/16 4-3/8

2. SW05M Function (Rotary Switch for Addressing Heat Recovery Units).

• Rotary switch SW05M must be set to "0"’ when install- Figure 45: Adjusting the Heat Recovery Unit Addresses.
ing only one heat recovery unit.

• When installing multiple heat recovery units, address A B A B A B

PCB Settings
each unit with sequentially increasing numbers start-
ing from "0". 3 4 3 4 3 4
1 2 1 2 1 2

6:06:06:0',3DQG7DFW6ZLWFKHVIRU0DQXDO9DOYH

Addressing
Non-zoning (Normal Setting).
• Set the address of the heat recovery unit valve to the central control address of the connected indoor unit.
• SW01M: Select the valve to address.
• SW03M: Increases the valve address by ten (10).
• SW04M: Increases the valve address by one (1).

Each indoor unit must have a unique, preset central control address (using its wired controller) before manual valve addressing can occur.
Table 56: Settings for Manual Valve Addressing, Non-Zoning.
PCB Component S/W No. Set Up
SW01M No. 1 Manual Addressing Valve No. 1
ON
No. 2 Manual Addressing Valve No. 2
OFF
1 2 3 4 No. 3 Manual Addressing Valve No. 3
1 2 3 4 No. 4 Manual Addressing Valve No. 4

SW03M Increases the Valve Address by Ten (10)

SW04M Increases the Valve Address by One (1)

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 101
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
HEAT RECOVERY UNIT SETTINGS

6:06:06:0',3DQG7DFW6ZLWFKHVIRU0DQXDO9DOYH

Addressing, continued.
Zoning
• Set the address of the heat recovery unit valve to the central control address of the connected indoor unit.
• SW01M: Select the valve to address.
• SW03M: Increases the valve address by ten (10).
• SW04M: Increases the valve address by one (1).
• SW05M: Rotary switch

• Indoor units must be addressed first with a central control address.

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

• Each indoor unit must have a unique, preset central control address (using its wired controller) before manual valve addressing can occur.

Table 57: Settings for Manual Valve Addressing, Zoning.

PCB Component S/W No. Set Up
SW01M No. 1 Manual Addressing Valve No. 1
ON No. 2 Manual Addressing Valve No. 2
OFF
1 2 3 4
No. 3 Manual Addressing Valve No. 3
1 2 3 4 No. 4 Manual Addressing Valve No. 4

SW03M Increases the Valve Address by Ten (10)

SW04M Increases the Valve Address by One (1)

SW05M Manual Addressing of Zoned Indoor Units

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
102
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
INDOOR UNIT ADDRESSING

Indoor Unit Auto Addressing Procedure

• Supply power to the indoor units. If power is not supplied, an operation error will occur.
• See Error No. CH200 will appear when the auto addressing procedure has failed. See the Troubleshooting section for information on how to
resolve Error No. CH200.
• During the pre-commissioning process for systems with Gen 4 indoor units, do not change any DIP switch settings except for No. 3 on
SW01B, which must be ON to enable Gen. 4 features. All other combinations of switches (one [1] through seven [7]) must be left in the OFF
position on the outdoor unit DIP switch bank SW01B.
• If the Auto Address Procedure has never been successfully completed for the system, the compressor(s) will not start when power is applied
to the unit.
• Auto addressing is only possible on the main PCB of the outdoor unit (master unit if dual / triple frame system).
• If an indoor unit PCB has been replaced, the auto addressing procedure must be performed again.
1. Verify all that all indoor units connected to the system have power to the PCB board AND all wired controller system start buttons are OFF.

PCB Settings
2. Remove the maintenance access panel and unit control box cover from the outdoor unit. Place panels and screws in a secure area.

3. Verify that the communications cable between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is terminated at the outdoor unit terminals IDU(A) and
IDU (B).

4. Verify the shield on the communications cable is grounded at the outdoor unit. The shields must be tied together and taped back.

7. Check the outdoor unit(s) current configuration code(s). Observe the unit setup codes using the SSD display found on the outdoor units
PCB.

After the self-diagnostics check is complete, the SSD is clear with nothing displayed. Diagnostic process takes from three (3) to seven (7) minutes.
8. Know how many indoor units are connected to the system.

11. Upon completion of the auto addressing routine, the display will be blank and the system will be in standby waiting for another command.

12. Upon successful completion of the auto address procedure, record the system address assigned to each indoor unit by the auto address
procedure.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 103
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
INDOOR UNIT ADDRESSING

Figure 46: Auto Addressing Button Location on Figure 47: Auto Addressing Flowchart.
Outdoor Unit PCB.
Turn Power On
DIP-SW01 SSD

Wait Three (3) Minutes While

Outdoor Unit Sequences
Through Self-Diagnostics Check.
Proceed when LED is Blank.

Press and Hold RED SW01C

Button for Five (5) Seconds.

Auto Addressing Procedure Starts.

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

LED Displays = 88

Release RED SW01C Button.

Auto addressing procedure is complete. The number of indoor units

that have successfully completed the auto addressing procedure
Wait Three (3) to Seven (7) Minutes. will display on the LED for thirty (30) seconds.
SW01D SW02C SW04D
(Reset Button) (ŻBackward (x Cancel
Button) Button)
SW03C LED Displays NO Check the communication
SW01C (ŹForward = 88 cable connections.
(Confirm / Automatic Button)
Address Setting Button) YES
The address number of each indoor unit is shown on the wired controller display
or on the indoor unit display (this is not an error message). The address number
will disappear after pressing the ON / OFF button on the wired remote controller.
If 01, 02, ... 15 is displayed, then it means that 15 indoor units are recognized as
Auto Addressing Procedure Ends. connected and have been successfully auto addressed.

Troubleshooting a Failed Indoor Unit Auto Addressing Procedure

1. Verify ALL indoor unit ON/OFF buttons are in the OFF position (i.e., ON / OFF button NOT illuminated).
2. Check the terminations, polarity, and continuity of each conductor on the communications cable between the outdoor unit and the indoor
units. Verify the indoor unit to outdoor unit communications cable is wired correctly.
3. Verify the shield of the communications cable is grounded at the outdoor unit only. All segment shields must be spliced together at each
indoor unit and NOT grounded.
4. After repairing the communications cable, go to Step 9 of the Auto Addressing Procedure and repeat the process until successful: Press
and hold the red SW01C button for about five (5) seconds. Release when “88” appears on the SSD. After three (3) to seven (7) minutes,
the display will flash a number for about thirty (30) seconds indicating how many total indoor units the system successfully communicated
with.
5. This number must match the known installed number of indoor units if the auto addressing procedure was successful.
6. Upon completion of the auto addressing routine, the display will be blank and the system will be in standby waiting for another
command.
7. Record the system address the outdoor unit assigned to each indoor unit by the auto address procedure.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
104
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
PIPE DETECTION ADDRESSING

Auto Addressing for Pipe Detection

Auto addressing for pipe detection function sets the connection relationship automatically between the indoor units and the heat recovery
units.

1. Turn No.1 of SW02M on the heat recovery unit PCB to OFF.

2. Confirm that the setting of Nos. 2, 3 of SW02M corresponds with the number ports used.

3. Reset the power of heat recovery unit PCB.

Turn master outdoor unit PCB No. 5 DIP switch to ON.

4. 6HOHFWWKH³,GX´PRGHXVLQJŹDQGŻWKHQSXVKWKHƔEXWWRQ

5. 6HOHFWWKH³,G´³$WK´RU³$WF´IXQFWLRQXVLQJŹDQGŻWKHQSXVKWKHƔEXWWRQ,IRXWGRRUWHPSHUDWXUHLV!)XVH³$WK´,IWKDWGRHV
not work, use “Atc.”If outdoor temperature is <59°F, use “Atc”. If that does not work, use “Ath.”

Atc = “At-cold outside”, and Ath = “At-hot outside”. Select accordingly.

PCB Settings
6. 6HOHFWWKH³,GX´PRGHXVLQJŹDQGŻWKHQSXVKWKHƔEXWWRQ

7. 6HOHFWWKH³,G6W$´IXQFWLRQXVLQJŹDQGŻWKHQSXVKWKHƔEXWWRQ

8. The number “88” is displayed on the SSD of the outdoor unit main PCB. If the display shows ------, then wait longer.

9. The automatic pipe detection procedure starts.

10. The procedure will run from five (5) to sixty (60) minutes, depending on the number of connected indoor units, and the ambient outdoor
temperature.

11. The number of indoor units detected is displayed for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute on the outdoor unit PCB after the outdoor unit
stops.
• The number of indoor units connected to each heat recovery unit will be displayed.
• If there is an auto pipe detection error, “200” will be displayed. .

• Run the auto addressing and auto pipe detection procedures again whenever an indoor unit PCB and / or and heat recovery unit PCB are
replaced. Apply power to the indoor units and heat recovery units after the repair is complete, otherwise operation errors will occur.
• Error No. 200 occurs if the number of actual connected indoor units and the number of detected indoor units are different.
• If the auto pipe detection procedure fails, perform the manual pipe detection procedure. (If the auto pipe detection procedure is successful,
the manual pipe detection procedure is not required.)
• The auto pipe detection procedure can be run again after a failed auto pipe detection procedure attempt; just reset the outdoor unit first.
• Do not turn off the main unit PCB for at least five (5) minutes after the auto pipe detection procedure is complete; allow time for the
outdoor unit to automatically save auto pipe detection results.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 105
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
PIPE DETECTION ADDRESSING

Figure 48: Auto Addressing for Pipe Detection Procedure Flowchart.

Confirm indoor unit address settings.

Turn No. 1 of SW02M of heat recovery unit

PCB to OFF.

Confirm that the settings of Nos. 2, 3 of

SW02M correspond to the number of ports
used.
Outdoor unit operates for five (5) to sixty
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Optional (based on site requirements): (60) minutes.

If a large capacity indoor unit is installed:
Check the settings of Nos. 4, 5, 6 on
SW02M.
If zoning, confirm Nos. 7, 8 of SM02M are set
to ON, then confirm that the individual port
DIP switch is in the ON position for SW01M. Is the pipe setting condition NO
satisfied during indoor unit operation?

Display error on outdoor unit PCB.

Reset the power of heat recovery unit PCB. Display error on heat recovery unit PCB.
YES

Turn master outdoor unit PCB No. 5 DIP Outdoor unit PCB: HR ĺ HR unit
switch to ON. number ĺ Valve number
The number of indoor units detected is
Heat recovery unit: "200"
displayed for thirty (30) seconds to one (1)
Select the “Idu” mode using ŹDQGŻWKHQ minute on the outdoor unit PCB after the
push the Ɣ button.
outdoor unit stops.
Check heat recovery and indoor
units.
Select the “Id 5” “Ath” or “Atc” function using Ź
DQGŻWKHQpush the Ɣ button.
If outdoor temperature is >59°F, use “Ath”.
If that does not work, use “Atc.” Are the numbers
If outdoor temperature is <59°F, use “Atc”. of indoor units connected to the NO
If that does not work, use “Ath.” outdoor unit and displayed on the
LED the same?

Pipe detection error occurs after

YES thirty (30) seconds.
Select the “Idu” mode using ŹDQGŻWKHQ
push the Ɣ button.

Check the pipe installation of the

Select the “Id 6 StA” function using ŹDQG Auto pipe detection is complete. outdoor, indoor, and heat recovery
Żthen push the Ɣ button. units.

"88" displays on the LED of the outdoor unit Retry the auto pipe detection
main PCB. procedure after troubleshooting.

Auto pipe detection is incomplete.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
106
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
PIPE DETECTION ADDRESSING

Manual Addressing for Pipe Figure 50: Location of DIP Switch SW02M on the Heat Recovery Unit
Main PCB.
Detection SW05M
1. Enter the central control address into each indoor unit using its
wired remote control. If a controller is not available, a controller
needs to be added. SW01M
2. Turn No. 1 of DIP switch bank SW02M of the heat recovery unit
PCB ON.
3. Reset the power of the heat recovery unit PCB.
SW02M SW03M SW04M (SW01M / SW03M / SW04M
4. Through the heat recovery unit PCB, manually set address of (DIP Switch for Set Up of Heat Switches for Manual Valve Addressing)
each heat recovery unit valve to the central control address of the Recovery Unit Functions)
indoor unit connected to that valve.
5. Reset the power to the outdoor unit PCB.
6. The number of the indoor unit installed will be displayed after about five (5) minutes. (Example: Heat Recovery Unit to the Number of the
Indoor Unit.)
7. Reset the power of the outdoor unit PCB and the heat recovery unit.
8. Manual pipe detection addressing is complete.
Figure 49: Manual Addressing for Pipe Detection Flowchart.

PCB Settings
Execute if auto pipe detection procedure
fails. Reset the power to the outdoor unit PCB.

Turn No. 1 of DIP switch bank SW02M of

heat recovery unit PCB ON. Wait for five (5) minutes.

Reset the power of heat recovery unit PCB.

The number of the indoor units installed is

Enter the central control address into each
displayed. Example: Heat recovery unit ĺ
indoor unit using its wired remote control.
Number of indoor units.

On the heat recovery unit PCB, manually

set the addresses of each of its valves to
the central control address of the indoor
unit connected to that valve. Are the numbers
of indoor units connected to the NO
outdoor unit and that displayed on
SW01M represents the four ports. Select the LED the same?
DIP Switch No. 1 for Port 1, and use Check the central control addresses
SW03M and SW04M to enter the of the indoor and heat recovery units.
hexadecimal address entered into the YES
indoor unit's wired remote controller.
Turn DIP Switch No. 1 OFF, select DIP
Switch 2, and repeat. Lower DIP Switch 2, Manual pipe detection is complete. Make sure to reset the power to the
and repeat for all used ports. Lower all DIP outdoor unit if the central control unit
Switches. Do not hit reset on HR box. is changed.
Reset the outdoor unit, wait for unit display.
Raise DIP Switch to verify port address, if
needed.

1. If a central controller is not installed yet, leave the address data alone until the installer adds the central controller, and sets the central
control address as desired.
2. If a central controller is already installed, the wired remote controller of the indoor units will provide the central control addresses. (In this
case, manually set the heat recovery unit pipe address following the central control address of the indoor unit.)
3. Central controller addresses must be set manually at each individual controller.
4. A pipe that does not have an indoor unit connected to it must be set with a different address than a pipe that does have an indoor unit
connected to it. (If addresses are the same, the valves will not operate.)
5. Change the manual pipe settings using the heat recovery unit PCB.
6. An error indicates that the manual pipe detection procedure was not completed properly.
7. To save the pipe detection procedure results automatically, do not turn off the main outdoor unit PCB for five (5) minutes after the
procedure has finished.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 107
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
PIPE DETECTION ADDRESSING

Manual Addressing for Pipe Detection Example (Non-Zone Setting)

Before performing manual pipe addressing, input a different central control address to every indoor unit through either a wired or a wireless
controller (depending on indoor unit type).

Example: An indoor unit with a central control address of "11” is connected to valve "1" of a heat recovery unit.
No. Display / Setup Description
ON

OFF Operation: None

1 1 2 3 4

SSD
1
SW01M
2 3 4
SW03M SW04M
Display: None
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

ON
Operation: Turn DIP switch No. 1 on to address valve No. 1 (SW01M).
2 OFF
1
1
2 3 4
2 3 4 Display: Existing value saved in EEPROM is displayed on SSD.
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M

• Operation: Set the “10” digit of the Group High data number of the wired
ON
remote control connected to the corresponding indoor unit to the valve No. 1
OFF
3 1
1
2 3 4
2 3 4
by pressing left tack switch (SW03M).
• Display: Digit increases with the number of times the tack switch is pressed,
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M shown on the SSD.

ON • Operation: Set the “1” digit of the Group Low data number of the wired remote
OFF
1 2 3 4 control connected to the corresponding indoor unit to the valve No. 1 by
4 1 2 3 4
pressing right tack switch (SW04M).
• Display: Digit increases with the number of times the tact switch is pressed;
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M shown on right SSD numeral.

OFF • Operation: Turn DIP switch No. 1 off to save the address of valve No. 1
1 2 3 4
5 1 2 3 4 (SW01M).
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M • Display: “11” displayed on SSD disappears.

• The procedure described above must be performed for all heat recovery unit valves.
• Valves that do not have indoor units connected to them must be addressed with a number that has not been used. (Valves will not work if
the address numbers are the same.)

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
108
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
PIPE DETECTION ADDRESSING

Manual Addressing for Pipe Detection Example (Zone Setting)

Zone control is when two (2) or more indoor units are connected to one (1) valve of the heat recovery unit. For this application, set the
controls with the multiple indoor connections using the rotary switch; i.e., only the rotary switch changes the same valve set condition and set
indoor units connection.
1. Set the DIP switch on the corresponding valves and the rotary switch to “0”.
2. Set the number using the tact switches.
3. If additional indoor units are connected to one heat recovery unit valve, increase the rotary switch setting by one (1) and set the number
using the tact switches.
4. To verify the number of the corresponding valve, turn the DIP switch to ON and set the number on the rotary switch.
5. One heat recovery unit valve can support up to eight (8) indoor units (rotary switch settings 0~7). An error will display if more than eight
(8) indoor units per heat recovery valve are set with the rotary switch.
6. Return the rotary switch to its original setting (heat recovery unit number settings) after all pipe settings are complete.
7. The rotary switch setting value of the number of indoor units connected to “FF” prevents a malfunction. Example: Where three (3) indoor
units are connected to valve 1; rotary switch settings are 0,1,2 and 3,4,5,6,7 with “FF”. (Prerequisite for manual pipe detection: The cen-
tral control address of each indoor unit must be preset differently using its wired remote control.)
Example: An indoor unit with a central control address of "11” is connected to valve no. "1" of an heat recovery unit.
No. Display / Setup Description
0

PCB Settings
ON
Operation: None
1 OFF
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 Display: None
LED SW01M SW03M SW04M SW05M

ON 0
Operation: Turn DIP switch No. 1 on to address valve No. 1.
2 OFF
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 Display: Existing value saved in EEPROM is displayed on SSD.
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M SW05M

ON 0 • Operation: Set the “10” digit to the number in Group High data of the wired
OFF
1 2 3 4
remote control connected to the corresponding indoor unit with the valve No.
3 1 2 3 4 1 by pressing left tact switch.
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M SW05M • Display: Digit increases with the number of times the tact switch is pressed,
shown on left SSD.

ON 1
• Operation: Set SW05M to “1”.
4 OFF
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 • Display: Former set value is shown on SSD.
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M SW05M

ON 1
OFF
1 2 3 4 • Operation: Set SW03M, SW04M, and SW05M to “1”.
5 1 2 3 4
• Display: Set value is shown on SSD.
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M SW05M

ON 1
• Operation: Turn DIP switch No.1 to off to save the address of valve No. 1.
6 OFF
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 • Display : Set value from previous step disappears; SSD is blank.
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M SW05M

ON 0
OFF • Operation: Addressing the return valve of the heat recovery unit.
7 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
• Display: SSD is blank.
SSD SW01M SW03M SW04M SW05M

• The procedure described above must be performed for all heat recovery unit valves.
• Valves that do not have connected indoor units must be addressed with a number that has not been used. (Valves will not work if the ad-
dress numbers are the same.)
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 109
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
PIPE DETECTION ADDRESSING

Example of Checking the Valve Address

Example: An indoor unit with a central control address of “11” is connected to heat recovery unit valve No. 1.
No. Display / Setup Description
ON

OFF
• Operation: Turn DIP switch No. 1 to ON.
1 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
• Display: “11” displays on SSD.
SSD SW01M

ON
• Operation: Turn DIP switch No. 1 to OFF.
2 OFF
2 3 4
1 • Display: SSD is blank.
1 2 3 4
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

SSD SW01M

Identifying the Manual Valve Address

No. Display / Setup Description
ON

OFF • Operation: More than two (2) DIP switches turned ON.
1 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 • Display: SSD displays “Er.”
SSD SW01M

• Wait for eighty (80) seconds after power is turned ON.

• Zoning and master indoor unit information are removed from EEPROM after auto addressing.
• If a central control is installed, it is impossible to set the master indoor unit in zoning.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
110
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
TEST RUN

Be aware of the following safety precautions when troubleshooting the main components.

DANGER
• High voltage electricity is required to operate this system. Adhere to the NEC code and these instructions when wiring. Improper connec-
tions and inadequate grounding can cause accidental injury or death.
• Turn the power off before servicing the equipment. Electrical shock can cause physical injury or death.
• Do not operate the disconnect switch with wet hands. There is risk of fire, electric shock, physical injury or death.
WARNING
• Disconnects must only be performed by a properly licensed electrician. Incorrect wiring could cause the disconnect to explode, leading to
physical injury or death.
• Do not supply power to the unit until all electrical wiring and controls wiring are completed. There is risk of fire, electric shock, physical
injury or death.

Troubleshooting Main Components

• Do not operate the unit with the panel(s) or protective cover(s) removed; keep fingers and clothing away from moving parts. The rotat-
ing, hot, cold, and high-voltage parts of the unit can cause physical injury or death.
• Do not touch the refrigerant piping during or after operation. It can cause burns or frostbite.

• Do not supply power to the unit until all electrical wiring and controls wiring are completely installed. The system will malfunction.
• If the power wiring and communication cables are not properly connected (connections switched), the communication components will burn
out and the system will not operate.

Test Run Checklist

Table 58: Test Run Checklist.
Check for any refrigerant leaks in the piping system.
1 Verify that all power wiring and communication cables are properly connected. Check for disconnected and loose power wiring and
communication cables connections.
Measure the insulation resistance between the power supply terminal block and ground using a mega-tester device (DC 500V). Resis-
WDQFHPXVWEH0ȍLIWKHUHVLVWDQFHLV0ȍ do not operate the unit.

2 • Never perform the megaohm check on the terminal control board. This will damage the control board.
• Immediately after installation, or if the system is off for a long period, refrigerant can accumulate in the compressor, which can cause
WKHLQVXODWLRQUHVLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWKHSRZHUVXSSO\WHUPLQDOERDUGDQGWKHJURXQGWRGURS0ȍ
,IWKHLQVXODWLRQUHVLVWDQFHLV0ȍWKHSRZHULVWXUQHGRQDQGWKHFRPSUHVVRUFUDQNFDVHKHDWHURSHUDWHVIRUVL[KRXUVWKH
refrigerant evaporates, which will cause the insulation resistance to increase.
For Heat Recovery Systems: Check if the liquid, high pressure vapor, and low pressure vapor piping valves are fully opened.
For Heat Pump Systems: Check if the liquid and vapor piping valves are fully opened. Verify that the valve for the middle piping (not
used for heat pump systems) is completely closed. Heat Recovery Systems Heat Pump Systems
Low Pressure High Pressure Not Used
Vapor Piping
3
Vapor Piping Vapor Piping
Liquid Piping Liquid Piping

Tighten all caps on the liquid and gas (vapor) service valves.
• Check for any problems in the automatic addressing.
4
• Check / confirm that there are no error messages displayed on the indoor units, wired controllers, or the outdoor unit(s) SSD(s).

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 111
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
MAIN COMPONENT ERRORS

Test Run Checklist, continued.

• Main power to the outdoor unit must always remain on during the cooling and heating seasons.
• Apply power after installation, and before performing the test run.
• Always apply power for six (6) hours to heat the crankcase heater before operating the system. The compressor will burn out if the crank-
case heater is not preheated for at least six (6) hours. The compressor will also be damaged if the crankcase heater has not preheated for
at least six (6) hours, and the system operates when the outdoor temperature is below 50°F).

Main Component Errors

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Table 59: Main Component Errors.

Main component Problem Cause Solution
Motor insulation damaged. Check resistance between terminals and unit frames.
Not operating Strainer is clogged. Clean / change the strainer.
Oil is leaking. Check oil levels.
Compressor After disconnecting the compressor wiring, check
Stopped during operation.. Motor insulation failed.
resistance between terminals and unit frames.
Bad or improper R(L1) -
Check compressor R(L1) - S(L2) - T(L3)
Abnormal noise during operation. S(L2) - T(L3)
connections.
connections.
Check the outdoor unit fan operation after the outdoor
Motor failure, bad
High pressure error when unit units have been turned off for a while.
Outdoor Unit Fan ventilation around outdoor
operates in cooling mode. If any obstacles are around the outdoor unit heat
unit heat exchanger.
exchanger, switch the outdoor unit OFF and remove.
Heating failure, frequent
Bad connector contact. Check connector.
defrost.
Coil failure. Check resistance between terminals.
No operation sound after
switching on the power. Check refrigerant levels. Add refrigerant as
Low refrigerant pressure.
Outdoor Unit EEV necessary.
Heating operation failed; outdoor
unit heat exchanger is frozen.
EEV clogged. Service necessary.
Low pressure error or discharge
temperature error.

• When a system error occurs, the error code is displayed on the indoor unit or the wired control.
• If CH05/53/11 error occurs, check if auto-addressing is complete and the communication cables are properly installed.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
112
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
SELF DIAGNOSTICS CHECK

Self Diagnostics Check Figure 51: Location of SW01 and SW01D.

DIP-SW01 SSD
All switches on outdoor unit PCB DIP Switch bank SW01 are factory set to OFF. To prepare
for the self diagnostics check:
1. Verify that all indoor unit models are Gen 4. (See “DIP Switch Settings for Use With GEN
4 Indoor Units” earlier in this section.)
2. Flip No. 3 on DIP Switch bank SW01 to ON.
3. Push the reset SW01D button.

Run Self Diagnostics Check

1. Power all indoor units.
2. Power all heat recovery units in conjunction with powering indoor units (heat recovery
systems only).

Troubleshooting Main Components

3. Verify the outdoor units to indoor units / heat recovery units communications cable is
installed and terminated correctly.
4. Verify the communications cable between outdoor unit frames is installed and terminated
correctly. Inspect terminals (SODU [B] and SODU [A]) at each outdoor unit.
5. Verify that DIP Switches 6 and / or 7 on the slave outdoor unit(s) were properly adjusted
for the job site configuration. See the “Outdoor Unit DIP Switch Settings” page in the SW02C SW04D
SW01D
“PCB Settings” section. (Reset Button) (ŻBackward (x Cancel
6. Power all outdoor units. Order does not matter on multi-frame installation. Button) Button)

7. As the power is provided to the main printed circuit board (PCB) on the Master outdoor SW03C
SW01C (ŹForward
unit, observe the SSD.
(Confirm / Automatic Button)
• Wait. The perimeter segments will flash in sequence for forty-five (45) seconds. Address Setting Button)
• Verify the microprocessor’s outdoor unit configuration agrees Figure 52: DIP Switch Bank SW01 Settings.
with the submittal information approved the design engineer
(see Tables below). ON ON
• Confirm that this step has been completed. The date is provided OFF OFF
in sequence, and segment of the sequence will remain lit for two 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(2) seconds. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Table 60: 'LVSOD\&RGH'H¿QLWLRQV²2XWGRRU8QLW1RPLQDO&DSDFLW\ Table 61: 'LVSOD\&RGH'H¿QLWLRQV²9ROWDJH

Display 8 10 12 14 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 34 36 38 40 42 Outdoor Unit Code 22 46
Code
Electrical Requirements 208-230V / 60Hz / 3Ø 460V / 60Hz / 3Ø
Nominal 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
Mb/h
Table 62: 6HJPHQW'LVSOD\6HTXHQFH7ZR>@VHFRQGVSHUVHJPHQWIROORZLQJDIRUW\¿YH>@VHFRQGZDLW
Sequence Description Code(s)
1 Master Outdoor Unit Nominal Capacity 8 - 14*
2 Slave1 Outdoor Unit Nominal Capacity 8 - 24*
3 Slave2 Outdoor Unit Nominal Capacity 8 - ~*
4 Total Nominal Capacity of System 8-~*
Heat Pump 2
5 Unit Type
Heat Recovery 3
208-230V / 60Hz / 3Ø 22
6 Unit Voltage
460V / 60Hz / 3Ø 46
7 Efficiency Level 1 or 2
6HH7DEOHVDERYHIRUFRGHGH¿QLWLRQV

For Master versus Slave 1 or Slave 2 and Heat Pump versus Heat Recovery DIP switch settings, See the “Outdoor Unit DIP
Switch Settings” page in the “PCB Settings” section.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 113
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING THE COMPRESSOR

Checking the Compressor

If a compressor error, or any error related to the electrical system has occurred, check for the items below and follow the procedure listed.
Step Number Check for Problem Solution
3RZHUKDVEHHQRQIRUKRXUV Go to Step 2.
How long has power been on during
1 Go to Step 2 after power has been on
operation? 3RZHUKDVEHHQRQIRUKRXUV
for 12 hours.
Does error occur again after starting 1. The compressor stops and same error
Check if IPM has failed.
operation? appears again.
2. Inverter output voltage is stable (1). • Check insulation and coil resistors.
Test 1 If both are normal, restart the unit. If
the same error occurs again, replace
Ohm meter testing terminal to terminal
the compressor.
on the compressor.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

• ,QVXODWLRQUHVLVWRU0ȍPHD-
Comp.
Tester sured.
• Coil resistors for 208-230V and 460V
Heat Pump and Heat Recovery Units.
JQC068MA
Temp. 77°F 167°F
U-V ȍ ȍ
V-W ȍ ȍ
W-U ȍ ȍ

JQC048MA
Test 2 Temp. 77°F 167°F
Ohm meter testing terminal to pipe U-V ȍ ȍ
JURXQG7KLVUHDGLQJPXVWEH0 V-W ȍ ȍ
2 W-U ȍ ȍ

Comp. Pipe JQC068MB / JQC068MBA

Meter Temp. 77°F 167°F
U-V ȍ ȍ
V-W ȍ ȍ
W-U ȍ ȍ

JQC048MB / JQC048MBA
Temp. 77°F 167°F
U-V ȍ ȍ
V-W ȍ ȍ
W-U ȍ ȍ

3. Inverter output voltage is unstable or Check the IPM. If normal, replace the
0V (if digital tester is unavailable). inverter board.

Check coil and insulation resistors.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
114
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING THE OUTDOOR UNIT FAN

:KHQPHDVXULQJYROWDJHDQGFXUUHQWRILQYHUWHUSRZHUFLUFXLWYDOXHVZLOODSSHDUGLႇHUHQWO\GHSHQGLQJRQWRROVDQGFLUFXLWV
because voltage, power supply current, or inverter output has no sine waveform. Also, output voltage changes when inverter
output voltage has a pulse wave pattern.
1. If using a movable tester to check if inverter output voltage is constant (when comparing relative voltage between lines), always use an analog me-
ter. Exercise particular caution if the inverter output frequency is low, when using a tester, where the change of measured voltage values is large
EHWZHHQRWKHUOLQHVZKHQYLUWXDOO\WKHVDPHYDOXHVDSSHDURULQVLWXDWLRQVZKHUHLWFDQEHGLI¿FXOWWRGHWHUPLQHLIDQLQYHUWHUIDLOHG

2. 8VHDUHFWL¿HUYROWPHWHULIXVLQJDFRPPHUFLDOIUHTXHQF\WHVWHUWRPHDVXUHLQYHUWHURXWSXWYDOXHVZKHQPHDVXULQJDEVROXWHYDOXHV

Accurate measuring values cannot be obtained with a general movable tester (for analog and digital mode).

Checking the Outdoor Unit Fan

If there is a fan error, check the items below and follow the corresponding procedure listed.

Troubleshooting Main Components

Check Problem Solution
1. Fan motor is not Power supply is not Check wire connections at the breaker.
operating. (Does correct. Modify the power supply voltage if it is beyond permissible specifications.
fan motor fail • Check wiring connections.
again when opera-
tion starts?) • Check connector contacts.
Wiring is wrong. • Check that all components are firmly secured (tighten screws).
2. Fan motor • Check polarity connection.
vibration is exces- • Check ground wiring and for short circuits.
sive.
Measure the winding resistance of the motor coils.
Small Frame Large Frame
208V/230V, 60Hz, 460V, 60Hz, 208V/230V, 60Hz, 460V, 60Hz,
Power Supply
Motor has failed. 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase
Rating Output 1,500 W 1,200 W 900 W 900 W
Motor Resistance ȍ ȍ ȍ ȍ
at 167°F

Fuse is defective. Replace the fuse.

Replace the circuit board following the steps below if errors occur again after resetting the
power, and if there are no errors similar to those specified above.(Carefully check both connec-
tor and ground wires when replacing the circuit board.)
Circuit board is • Replace only the fan control board. If operation begins, then the fan control board was
defective. defective.
• Check and replace inverter board and / or main board if fan operation continues to fail.
• If problems continue to occur even after following the procedures above, then both boards
are defective.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 115
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING THE ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION VALVES

Checking the Electronic Expansion Valves

Table 63: Pulse Signal Output Value and Valve Operation.
Brown
Output Wire Output State White
Red ø1
(ø) No. Color 1 2 3 4 Red M
Blue ø3
ø1 White ON ON OFF ON Orange
Orange
ø2 Yellow ON ON ON OFF
ø2 ø4
ø3 Orange OFF OFF ON OFF Yellow
Yellow Brown Blue
ø4 Blue OFF OFF OFF ON White

Output Pulse Sequence

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

• 9DOYHFORVHVHTXHQFHĺĺĺĺ
• 9DOYHRSHQVHTXHQFHĺĺĺĺ

1. If the EEV open position does not change, output phase will be off.
2. If the output phase is different or continuously on, the motor will start vibrating.

EEV Valve Operation

• At power on, open position signal is 2,000 pulses output, and valve
position is set to "a" (see left). When the valve operates properly,
Valve noise and vibration will not occur. If the valve is closed, noise will
Close be heard.
Open
Position • Noise from EEV can be confirmed by touching the EEV surface
with a screw driver and listening.
Full open • If liquid refrigerant is present in EEV, noise will be lower.
Open
1950 pulses

Pulse

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
116
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING THE ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION VALVES

Checking the Electronic Expansion Valves, continued.

Figure 53: EEV Coil and Casing (Outdoor Unit).
Casing

Lead Wire

Coil

Troubleshooting Main Components

Figure 54: Removing and Assembling the Coil.
• Power off.
Remove Assemble • Tightly grip the casing, and pull the coil up.
• During assembly, or when the coil is removed, take care not to
bend the casing pipe.

Casing
Casing

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 117
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING THE ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION VALVES

Checking the Electronic Expansion Valves, continued.

Component Problem Diagnosis Solution
Check for a locked EEV, if the system is in a no-load state,
EEV locks up. if the driving motor is rotating, and a clicking sound can be Replace EEV.
heard.
Indoor Unit / 1. Check if the pin is fully inserted into the connector.
Outdoor Unit 2. Check the color of the wiring; verify that the correct wire is Find the incomplete
Incomplete EEV connection or
connected. connection or assembly,
assembly.
3. Remove the connector from the control board, and test the and service accordingly.
connection.
1. Operate one indoor unit in fan mode, and then operate
another indoor unit in cooling mode.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

2. Check the liquid piping temperature of the indoor unit in fan

mode (through the outdoor unit control board).
If the amount that
EEV is closed, but valve is 3. Check if the fan is rotating and the EEV is closed. If there
is leaking is excessive,
leaking. is a leak, the liquid piping temperature at the indoor unit in fan
Indoor Unit replace the EEV.
mode will be low.
If the measured temperature is very low when compared to
the suction temperature (that is displayed at the remote
controller), then the EEV is not fully closed.
Check the resistance between the coil terminals (red-white,
Replace EEV.
red-orange, brown-yellow, brown-blue).
1. Check the resistance between the coil terminals at the
subcooling EEV (red-white, red-yellow, red-orange, red-blue).
Replace EEV coil.
EEV motor coil has shorted out or ,IWKHPHDVXUHGUHVLVWDQFHYDOXHLVLQȍDW)WKHQ
has disconnected. the EEV is normal.
Outdoor Unit
1. Check the resistance between the coil terminals at the main /
IV EEV (red-white, red-orange, brown-yellow, brown-blue).
Replace EEV.
,IWKHPHDVXUHGUHVLVWDQFHYDOXHLVȍWKHQWKH
EEV is normal.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
118
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING THE PHASE DIODE BRIDGE

Checking the Inverter Compressor Phase Diode Bridge

1. Shut off main power. After main power is shut off, wait at least ten (10) minutes until Figure 55: 6LPSOL¿HG'LDJUDPRID3KDVH'LRGH
inverter compressor PCB DC voltage is discharged. Bridge.
R S T
WARNING
After switching off the main power supply and verifying that the DC voltage was discharged, wait
for at least ten (10) minutes before checking the electrical components in the control box. There
is risk of electric shock, physical injury or death.

2. Disconnect all connections to the three-phase diode bridge.

3. Set the multi-tester to diode mode.
4. Measured value must be 0.4V ~ 0.7V as shown in table below.

Troubleshooting Main Components

5. If the measured value is different than what is listed in the table below, set the multi-
WHVWHUWRUHVLVWDQFHPRGHDQGPHDVXUHDJDLQ,IWKHYDOXHLVWRRORZȍRUWRRKLJK
KXQGUHGV0ȍWKHLQYHUWHU3&%QHHGVWREHUHSODFHG
6. If the diode bridge is damaged, check if the inverter PCB assembly (IPM) also needs to
be replaced. Figure 56: Location of Phase Diode Bridge Terminals (Appearances Will
Vary Depending on Model).

Table 64: Checking the Phase Diode Bridge.

Diode Terminal + Terminal: - Terminal: R
Tester Terminal black (-) red (+)
5a5HG 0.4V ~ 0.7V - S
6a5HG 0.4V ~ 0.7V -
7a5HG 0.4V ~ 0.7V -
T
R (~) : Black (-) - 0.4V ~ 0.7V
S (~) : Black (-) - 0.4V ~ 0.7V
T (~) : Black (-) - 0.4V ~ 0.7V
Red (+) and Black (-) are the multi-tester terminals.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 119
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
&+(&.,1*7+(,19(57(5,*%7,30

&KHFNLQJWKH,QYHUWHU,QVXODWHGDWH%LSRODU7UDQVLVWRU,%7,QWHOOLJHQW

Power Module (IPM)
1. Shut off main power. After main power is shut off, wait at least Figure 57: 6LPSOL¿HG'LDJUDPRIDQ,QYHUWHU,*%7,30
ten (10) minutes until inverter compressor PCB DC voltage is
discharged. P

WARNING U
After switching off the main power supply and verifying that the DC volt- V
age was discharged, wait for at least ten (10) minutes before checking
the electrical components in the control box. There is risk of electric W
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

shock, physical injury or death.

2. Disconnect all IGBT / IPM connections. N

3. Set the multi-tester to diode mode. Figure 58: Location of IGBT / IPM Terminals (Appearances Will Vary
4. Measured value must be 0.2 ~ 0.6 V as shown in the table Depending on Model).
below.
5. If the measured value is different than what is listed in the table
below, then set the multi-tester to resistance mode and measure
DJDLQ,IWKHYDOXHLVWRRORZȍRUWRRKLJKKXQGUHGV0ȍWKH W
inverter PCB is damaged and needs to be replaced. V
U

N
P

Table 65: Checking the Inverter IGBT / IPM.

P Terminal: Black (-) N Terminal: Red (-)
U Terminal : Red (+) 0.2 ~ 0.6 V -
V Terminal : Red (+) 0.2 ~ 0.6 V -
W Terminal : Red (+) 0.2 ~ 0.6 V -
P Terminal: Red (+) N Terminal: Red (+)
U Terminal : Black (-) - 0.2 ~ 0.6 V
V Terminal : Black (-) - 0.2 ~ 0.6 V
W Terminal : Black (-) - 0.2 ~ 0.6 V
5HGDQG%ODFNDUHWKHPXOWLWHVWHUWHUPLQDOV

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
120
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING THE FAN IPM

Checking the Fan Intelligent Power Figure 59: Location of Fan PCB Connections (Appearances Will Vary
Depending on Model).
Module (IPM)
1. Shut off main power. After main power is shut off, wait at least ten
(10) minutes until the fan PCB DC voltage is discharged.

WARNING
After switching off the main power supply and verifying that the DC volt-
age was discharged, wait for at least ten (10) minutes before checking U,V,W Connector
DC Link Connector
the electrical components in the control box. There is risk of electric
shock, physical injury or death.

2. Disconnect the DC and the U, V, W fan connectors.

3. Set the multi-tester to diode resistance mode.

Troubleshooting Main Components

P Terminal N Terminal
U Terminal
4. Measured value must be the same as shown below. W Terminal
V Terminal
5. If the measured value between the P and N terminals of the IPM
LVORZȍWKHIDQ3&%QHHGVWREHUHSODFHGEHFDXVHWKH,30
is damaged.
6. If the measured value is different than what is listed in the tables,
the fan PCB needs to be replaced.

Table 66: Checking the Fan IPM.

P Terminal: Black (-) N Terminal: Red (-)
U Terminal : Red (+) 0ȍ) 0ȍ)
V Terminal : Red (+) 0ȍ) 0ȍ)
W Terminal : Red (+) 0ȍ) 0ȍ)
P Terminal: Red (+) N Terminal: Red (+)
U Terminal : Black (-) 0ȍ) 0ȍ)
V Terminal : Black (-) 0ȍ) 0ȍ)
W Terminal : Black (-) 0ȍ) 0ȍ)
5HGDQG%ODFNDUHWKHPXOWLWHVWHUWHUPLQDOV

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 121
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
&+(&.,1*7+(+,*+/2:35(6685(
SENSORS AND OUTDOOR FAN

&KHFNLQJWKH+LJK/RZ3UHVVXUH6HQVRUV
Connect the manifold gauge to the outdoor unit service valve, and compare the high pressure sensor output to the low pressure sensor
output to check for errors.
Figure 60: Pressure Sensor Output Characteristics.
Low Pressure Sensor High Pressure Sensor
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

73 145 218 290 393 435 189 363 551 725 914 1,088
Pressure (psi) Pressure (psi)

1. If the manifold gauge pressure reads 14.22 psi, it indicates the pressure dropped due to a refrigerant leak. Find the leak and repair it.
2. If the difference between the high and low pressure outputs is around 14.22 psi, the pressure sensor is normal.
3. If the difference between the high and low pressure outputs is >14.22 psi, the pressure sensor is damaged and needs to be replaced.

Figure 61: Pressure Sensor Schematic. See the pressure sensor schematic at left. DC 5V will to be mea-
sured between red and black wires. DC voltage measured between
High Pressure Sensor : 0~5 MPa (0~725.2 psi) white and Black wire corresponds to charts above.
Pressure Vout 0.5~3.5V
Sensor Low Pressure Sensor : 0~2 MPa (0~290.1 psi)
Vout 0.5~3.5V
(Red)
±5%
(White)
(Black)

Checking the Outdoor Fan

1. The inverter motor controls the number of rotations on the outdoor unit fan.
2. The high / low pressure sensors control the outdoor unit fan after compressor operation.
3. Even if the compressor is on, the outdoor unit fan may not operate due to low capacity, or if the outdoor temperature is low. This is nor-
mal, and the outdoor unit fan will begin to operate when the system reaches setpoint.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
122
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING THE VALVES

Checking the Valves

Compare valve operation to the output signal of the control board.
Oil Return Solenoid Valve
1. The oil return solenoid valve is located at the bottom of the accumulator. The oil return solenoid valve will start operating after the com-
pressor has been operating for a certain period. This operation transfers oil stored at the bottom of the accumulator into the compressor.
2. After the compressor starts operating, the oil return solenoid valve will be on for two (2) minutes. Check for operation noise and piping
vibration on the oil return solenoid valve.
3. The oil return solenoid valve will also turn on after the compressor stops operating.
4. The oil return solenoid valve will turn on and off repeatedly due to cycle operation. This is normal and does not indicate that the outdoor
unit is malfunctioning.
5. ,QVXODWLRQUHVLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWKHRLOUHWXUQVROHQRLGYDOYHFRQQHFWLRQDQGWKHFRLOPXVWEH!0ȍPHDVXUHZLWKD'&PHJDWHVWHU>'&
500V]).

Troubleshooting Main Components

Partial Defrost Solenoid Valve
1. Defrost operation helps eliminate ice that has accumulated on the heat exchanger, recovering its performance.
2. When the system is in partial defrost operation, two (2) solenoid valves will turn on and off in sequence for six (6) minutes.
3. The partial solenoid valves will turn off after partial defrost operation has ended.
• Partial solenoid valve operation change can be checked by comparing the before and after temperatures of the bypass piping.
4. ,QVXODWLRQUHVLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWKHSDUWLDOGHIURVWVROHQRLGYDOYHFRQQHFWLRQDQGWKHFRLOPXVWEH!0ȍPHDVXUHZLWKD'&PHJDWHV-
ter [DC 500V]).

Supercooled Bypass Valve

1. When the compressor starts to operate, it opens the supercooled bypass valve for about one (1) minute (the supercooled bypass valve is
on).
2. To reduce the high/low-pressure difference. The supercooled bypass will open (turn on) five (5) seconds after the compressor stops to
reduce the high / low pressure difference in the system.
3. If the compressor suction pipe temperature drops below a certain temperature, the supercooled bypass valve opens (turns on).
4. The supercooled bypass valve will open or close based on suction piping temperature. This is normal and does not indicate the outdoor
unit is malfunctioning.
5. Changes of solenoid valve operation can be verified by measuring bypass outlet piping temperature, detecting refrigerant sound, etc.
6. ,QVXODWLRQUHVLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWKHVXSHUFRROHGE\SDVVYDOYHFRQQHFWLRQDQGWKHFRLOPXVWEH!0ȍPHDVXUHZLWKD'&PHJDWHVWHU
[DC 500V]).

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 123
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
&+(&.,1*7+(9$/9(6
TEMPERATURE SENSORS

Checking the Four-Way Reverse Valve

1. The four-way reverse valve must be OFF before the outdoor and Figure 62: Refrigerant Flowchart of the Four-Way Reverse Valve.
indoor units are powered up and turned on.
2. The four-way reverse valve must be OFF during cooling, defrost,
and oil recovery operation. The four-way reverse valve must be
ON during heating operation.
3. When switching from cooling to heating operation, the four-way
valve position changes during the three minute mode change Indoor Heat D : Discharge
Exchanger
restart. Outdoor Heat
Exchanger
Outdoor Heat
Exchanger E : Evaporator
C : Condensor
4. To check if the four-way reverse valve is operating in cooling Heating Operation Cooling Operation S : Suction
or heating mode, touch the piping surface of the low pressure
service valve.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

5. See diagram at right for the refrigerant flowchart of the four-way reverse valve.
6. ,QVXODWLRQUHVLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWKHIRXUZD\UHYHUVHYDOYHFRQQHFWLRQDQGWKHFRLOPXVWEH!0ȍPHDVXUHZLWKD'&PHJDWHVWHU>'&
500V]).

Checking the Temperature Sensors

• Outdoor Temperature Sensor: TH1
• Pipe Temperature Sensor: TH2
• Discharge Pipe (D-pipe) Temperature Sensor: TH3
1. Check the temperature sensor installation and connections.
2. Check if the connection contact of the temperature sensor is normal.
3. Measure the resistance of temperature sensor.
Table 67: Temperature Sensor Resistance Values.
Temperature Sensor TH1 TH2 TH3
.ȍ#) .ȍ#) .ȍ#)
Resistance
.ȍ#) .ȍ#) .ȍ#)

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
124
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE GENERAL
INFORMATION
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING
troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

General Information
LG VRF system’s core logic uses error codes to indicate that an abnormal operation occurred. Error codes help guide a trained service tech-
nician to identify why and what caused the error to display, and help track the frequency of malfunction occurrences.
There are four (4) levels of error code responses; the system responds accordingly, depending on the severity of the malfunction assigned to
the malfunction. The level of responses range from “notify and keep operating” (Level 4), to “immediate system shutdown” (Level 1).
All error codes can be viewed at the outdoor unit seven segment display (SSD) and with LGMV software. If an error codes shows on one
(1) or more indoor unit zone controllers, it will display on LGMV, central controllers, BMS, or any other LG device connected to Comm bus -
Internet A/B. Indoor unit error code notifications will display differently based on location of the problem.

Level 4 Responses
Level 4 responses display the error code, but the system continues to operate (operate indefinitely). When the malfunction is fixed, the error
code remains until the master outdoor unit’s microprocessor is reset, and operation has resumed for 130 minutes without the malfunction
reoccurring.

Level 3 Responses
Level 3 responses display the error code on all zone controllers, central controllers, and on BMS systems. For Level 3 responses, the Multi V
system will shut down for three (3) minutes, and then the master microprocessor in the outdoor unit will automatically restart the system.
If the malfunction reoccurs up to a total of nine (9) times within one (1) hour, the system will display the error code, shut down, and restart

Error Codes
again each time. If the malfunction occurs a tenth (10th) time within the same one (1) hour, the system shuts down permanently, assigning
the error to a Level 1 response that requires a manual restart. The error code displays on the zone controllers and central controllers until the
malfunction is fixed.

Level 2 Responses
Level 2 responses are communications related errors only. Level 2 responses activate after ten (10) attempts to communicate have occurred.
After communications have been re-established, the error codes display for one (1) minute. If the communications are restored, then the
error code disappears. If the communication is lost within one (1) minute, the error code remains.
Error codes for Level 2 responses stop appearing on the zone and central controllers as soon as communications are restored, without the
need to reset power at the Master outdoor unit or to restart the entire system.
Multi V 5 error codes for Level 2 responses appear where the problem occurs, and time limits differ depending on type:
1. Communications lost between outdoor unit PCBs – no time delay.
2. Communications lost between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit for three (3) minutes.
3. Communications lost between the indoor unit and heat recovery unit for ten (10) seconds.
4. Communications lost between outdoor unit external PCBs for ten (10) seconds.

Level 1 Responses
Many Level 1 responses call for an immediate system shutdown, and, in almost all abnormal operational situations, occur after the algorithm
monitoring system verifies that the malfunction is real (to avoid nuisance alarms and false positives). Level 1 responses are displayed at
zone controllers, central controllers, BMS, LGMV, and the outdoor unit SSD. They cannot be cleared until the problem that caused it is fixed.
Before a Level 1 response is assigned, the Multi V algorithm initially assigns a Level 3 response to any system malfunction that is not
communications related. The system follows Level 3 protocol until the tenth (10th) time a malfunction occurs, at which time the system shuts
down, the malfunction changes from Level 3 to Level 1, and a manual restart is required. The entire Level 3 auto restart to Level 1 shut down
sequence will repeat until the malfunction is fixed.

For more information on Multi V Levels and error codes, see the troubleshooting pages in this section, and contact an LG trained technician.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 125
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
WARNING Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error Code Display Figure 63: Example of an Error Code.

The seven segment display on the main board displays error codes.
Error codes are 3 or 4 digit numbers. The rightmost number desig-
nates the ODU frame (1=Master; 2=Slave1; 3=Slave2). The other 21 2 Repeats
c1 2
two or three digits indicate the error.
Examples: 211 = Error No. 21 on master unit; 212 = Error No. 21 on Compressor Error
slave 1 unit; 213 = Error No. 21 on slave2 unit, 1051 = Error No. 105 Unit; 1 = Master, 2 = Slave1, 3 = Slave2
on master unit. Compressor Error

• c1 refers to inverter 1 and c2, inverter 2, etc.

• Heat recovery unit errors will be followed by the heat recovery unit number as displayed on LGMV, or adding one (1) to the rotary switch
setting.
• ,IWZRRUPRUHHUURUVRFFXUVLPXOWDQHRXVO\WKHORZHUHUURUFRGHQXPEHULVGLVSOD\HG¿UVW
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

• After error is resolved, the error code disappears.

Nomenclature Definitions
• MICOM: Non-volatile memory chip where unit setup information is stored.
• ((35201RQYRODWLOHPHPRU\FKLSZKHUHGHYLFHLGHQWL¿FDWLRQVL]HDQGIDFWRU\GH¿QHGGHIDXOWFRPSRQHQWRSHUDWLQJSDUDPHWHUVDUH
stored.

See the error code tables below and on the following pages. Pages after the tables include detailed information for the error codes used for
Multi V systems.
Table 68: Error Codes.
Error Code Description Details
Indoor unit return air or optional remote wall tempera- Indoor unit air temperature sensor disconnected or shorted. (Check the
0 1 ture sensor communications error. wiring, connection on the indoor unit PCB, then check the thermistor.)
Indoor unit inlet pipe temperature sensor is disconnected or shorted.
2 Indoor unit inlet pipe temperature sensor communica-
0 (Check the connection on the indoor unit PCB, then check the therm-
tion error. istor.)
3 Communication error between zone controller and Indoor unit PCB is not receiving communications signal from zone
0 indoor unit. controller.
Drain pump and/or float switch could be malfunctioning. Also check
0 4 Indoor unit drain overflow error. drain line for obstructions.
Communication error between outdoor unit PCB and Indoor unit communications PCB is not receiving signal from outdoor
0 5 unit communications PCB for more than 5 minutes. Check indoor unit
indoor unit PCB. PCB for issues.
Indoor Unit

• Indoor unit outlet pipe temperature sensor is disconnected or short-

ed. (Check the connection on the indoor unit PCB, then check the
thermistor.)
6 Indoor unit or hydro kit outlet pipe temperature sensor
0 error. • Hydro kit liquid side temperature sensor is disconnected or short-
HG9DOXHVUHDGOHVVWKDQ&RUJUHDWHUWKDQ&OHVVWKDQ
)RUJUHDWHUWKDQ)
7 Indoor units are not operating in the same mode. (Heat Different operation mode between indoor units.
0 pump applications only)
8 Hydro kit hot water storage tank temperature
0 Pipe temperature sensor disconnected, shorted, or opened.
sensor error.
• Communication error between the indoor unit PCB board and its
RSWLRQFDUG7KHRSWLRQFDUGLVDERXWƍ[ƍDQGLVSOXJJHGLQWRWKH
0 9 Indoor unit EEPROM error. indoor unit PCB board. Check connection between the two.)
• Communication error between EEPROM on indoor unit main PCB.
• Indoor unit EEPROM data is not available.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
126
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 69: Error Codes, continued.

Error Code Description Details
• Fan motor has been removed or is defective. Refer to the resis-
tance and voltage check charts in this service manual.
• The system has detected the fan motor is not spinning.
1 0 - Indoor unit BLDC fan motor communications error.
• On new installs, verify installation manual and paperwork were
removed from fan discharge shroud during installation.
• Check the wiring plug and connections (if applicable).
- Communication error between hydro kit and inverter Hydro kit is not receiving communications signal from inverter
1 1 compressor PCB. compressor PCB.
1 2 - Hydro kit inverter compressor PCB error. Hydro kit inverter compressor PCB error.
Solar heat pipe temperature sensor disconnected, shorted, or
1 3 - Hydro kit solar heat pipe temperature sensor error. opened.
1 4 - Hydro kit flow switch error. Flow switch failed to close.
- Hydro kit leaving water temperature has exceeded
1 5 Temperature sensor is defective or there is hot water inflow.
185°F (85°C).
- Hydro kit indoor unit water pipe temperature and ambi- Water inlet and outlet pipe temperature sensor disconnected,
1 6 ent temperature sensor communication error. shorted, or opened.
• Hydro kit inlet pipe temperature sensor communica- • Water inlet temperature sensor disconnected or shorted. Values
tion error. UHDGOHVVWKDQ&RUJUHDWHUWKDQ&OHVVWKDQ)
1 7 - RUJUHDWHUWKDQ)
• Outside air duct inlet pipe temperature sensor com-

Error Codes
munication error. • Temperature sensor disconnected, shorted, or opened.
Hydro kit outlet pipe temperature sensor communica- Outlet pipe temperature sensor disconnected, shorted, or
Indoor Unit

1 8 - tion error. opened.

• Refrigerant leak sensor error; sensor is malfunctioning.
• Error will also be displayed if the function is enabled on the
wired remote controller, and there is not a sensor installed.
• Refrigerant leak is detected when >6,000 ppm.
• Enable the function through the function code on the remote
controller.
1. Operation stop.
Refrigerant leak sensor error. Only displayed at the 2. Solenoid valve closes on the indoor unit side.
2 3 0 indoor unit and its wired remote controller. 3. CH230 is displayed. If the communication baud is 1,200 bps,
then only the zone controller can display the CH230; central
controller cannot display the error due to lack of information.
4. Buzzer rings 2 long buzzes every 1 second. Ringing stops
when there is an input from the controller. (If there is a hard
lock, then only the controller can make the hard lock to stop
buzzing. If leak sensor measures under 1.5V, then it is consid-
ered normal and the buzzing stops.
5. To release the error, power needs reset.
Communication error between outdoor unit PCB and Indoor unit communications PCB is not receiving signal from out-
2 3 7 indoor unit PCB. Only displayed at the indoor unit and door unit communications PCB for more than 3 minutes. Check
its wired remote controller. RS-485 communications for issues.
Communication error between outdoor unit PCB and Indoor unit communications PCB is not receiving signal from out-
2 3 8 indoor unit PCB. Displayed at the indoor unit and its door unit communications PCB for more than 3 minutes. Check
wired remote controller. outdoor unit PCB for issues.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 127
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 70: Error Codes, continued.

Error Code Description Details
Master outdoor unit inverter board IPM fault error; • Detected by the CT sensor on the IGBT PC board.
2 1 1 Inverter driver detects overcurrent; Error code is deter- • Overcurrent in compressor UVW phases.
mined by overcurrent in any one phase of compressor. • Damaged compressor.
Slave1 outdoor unit inverter board IPM fault error; • Damaged IPM on inverter board.
2 1 2 Inverter driver detects overcurrent; Error code is deter-
mined by overcurrent in any one phase of compressor. • Compressor disconnected.
• Damaged inverter board – input voltage too low. For 208-
Slave2 outdoor unit inverter board IPM fault error; 230V: On 068 compressors = 143A for a minimum of 3μs;
2 1 3 Inverter driver detects overcurrent; Error code is deter- on 048 compressors = 96A for a minimum of 3μs. For 460V:
mined by overcurrent in any one phase of compressor. On 068 compressors = 80 A for a minimum of 3μs; On 048
compressors = 56A for a minimum of 3μs.
1 Master outdoor unit inverter PCB AC input overcurrent
2 2 • Overcurrent of outdoor unit inverter board PCB.
(RMS) error.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

• Under voltage.
2 Slave1 outdoor unit inverter PCB AC input overcurrent
2 2 (RMS) error. • Refrigerant flow restriction from defective EEV.
3 Slave2 outdoor unit inverter PCB AC input overcurrent • Refrigerant charge is too high (overcharged).
2 2 (RMS) error.
Low DC voltage sensed at the master outdoor unit System shut off because the DC link voltage fell below 50V (for
2 3 1 both 208-230V and 460V units), or exceeded 550V (for 208-
inverter compressor DC link.
230V units) or 1,000V (for 460V units) for a minimum of 250μs.
Low DC voltage sensed at the slave1 outdoor unit • Start diagnosis at the inverter socket on the outdoor unit noise
2 3 2
inverter compressor DC link. filter PCB.
• There is a capacitor that is not working properly, or the voltage
at the capacitor is out of range.
Low DC voltage sensed at the slave2 outdoor unit • Disconnected DC link.
2 3 3
inverter compressor DC link. • Damaged electrical condenser component (serving capacitor)
Outdoor Unit

on inverter driver board.

Master outdoor unit high pressure switch error.
1 System has been turned off by the master outdoor unit • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
2 4 high pressure switch. • Use chart in Troubleshooting section of the manual to check
signal output (V DC) versus actual pressure.
Slave1 outdoor unit high pressure switch error.
System has been turned off by the slave1 outdoor unit • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
2 4 2 high pressure switch.
• Use chart in Troubleshooting section of the manual to check
signal output (V DC) versus actual pressure.
Slave2 outdoor unit high pressure switch error.
3 System has been turned off by the slave2 outdoor unit • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
2 4 high pressure switch. • Use chart in Troubleshooting section of the manual to check
signal output (V DC) versus actual pressure.
0DVWHURXWGRRUXQLWKDVDQLQSXWYROWDJHRI9RU9
1 Input voltage to the master outdoor unit is too high or
2 5 IRU9XQLWVRUDQLQSXWYROWDJHRI9RU9IRU
too low. 460V units).
6ODYHRXWGRRUXQLWKDVDQLQSXWYROWDJHRI9RU9
2 Input voltage to the slave1 outdoor unit is too high or
2 5 IRU9XQLWVRUDQLQSXWYROWDJHRI9RU9IRU
too low. 460V units).
6ODYHRXWGRRUXQLWKDVDQLQSXWYROWDJHRI9RU9
3 Input voltage to the slave2 outdoor unit is too high or
2 5 IRU9XQLWVRUDQLQSXWYROWDJHRI9RU9IRU
too low. 460V units).
2 6 1 Master outdoor unit inverter compressor operation error.
2 6 2 Slave1 outdoor unit inverter compressor operation error. Inverter compressor failed to start.
2 6 3 Slave2 outdoor unit inverter compressor operation error.
2 9 1 Master outdoor unit inverter compressor overcurrent error. • Outdoor unit inverter compressor current draw is too high.
2 9 2 Slave1 outdoor unit inverter compressor overcurrent error. • Compressor defect and restriction in refrigerant piping are
2 9 3 Slave2 outdoor unit inverter compressor overcurrent error. possible causes.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
128
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 71: Error Codes, continued.

Error Code Description Details
Excessive increase in master outdoor unit inverter com-
3 2 1 pressor1 gas discharge temperature.
Excessive increase in slave1 outdoor unit inverter com- • System shutdown happens when discharge pipe temperature
3 2 2 rises >115°C (239°F) for 10 seconds, or compressor dome
pressor1 gas discharge temperature.
Excessive increase in slave2 outdoor unit inverter com- temperature equals 105°C (221°F) for 10 seconds.
3 2 3 • Check the inverter compressor discharge pipe temperature
pressor1 gas discharge temperature.
Excessive increase in master outdoor unit inverter com- sensor.
3 3 1 • Check for low refrigerant / leaks.
pressor2 gas discharge temperature.
Excessive increase in slave1 outdoor unit inverter com- • Check for a defective EEV.
3 3 2 pressor2 gas discharge temperature. • Check for a defective liquid spray valve.
Excessive increase in slave2 outdoor unit inverter com-
3 3 3 pressor2 gas discharge temperature.
Master outdoor unit compressor high pressure safety • Shutdown due to if one compressor’s high pressure is >4,000
3 4 1 kPa (580 psi) for ten (10) seconds.
tripped.
Slave1 outdoor unit compressor high pressure safety • Check the high pressure sensor, indoor unit or outdoor unit
3 4 2 fan(s), refrigerant, EEV, service valve (may be clogged); check
tripped. for defective outdoor unit PCB, indoor unit pipe temperature
Slave2 outdoor unit compressor high pressure safety sensor, or hot gas valve. Also, outdoor unit may not have
3 4 3 enough clearance (cooling operation), or indoor unit filter may
tripped. be clogged (heating operation).

Error Codes
• System will shut down when an abnormal low pressure condi-
Master outdoor unit low side pressure below allowable tion occurs.
3 5 1 • Shut down occurs when the sum of all compressors inverter
limits.
frequency <30Hz = low <110 kPa for 1 minute.
• When operating in cooling mode: Low side pressure <400
kPa for 1 minute; High side pressure is <2,200 kPa. Check for
Outdoor Unit

Slave1 outdoor unit low side pressure below allowable refrigerant leaks (low refrigerant charge), or a defective indoor
3 5 2 unit EEV.
limits.
• When operating in heating mode: Low side pressure <230
kPa for 1 minute; High side pressure is <1,800 kPa. Check
Slave1 outdoor unit low side pressure below allowable for refrigerant leaks (low refrigerant charge), or a defective
3 5 3 limits. outdoor unit EEV.
Master outdoor unit inverter 1 or inverter 2 low compres- • Outdoor unit is experiencing a problem developing compressor
3 6 1 sion ratio. lift. Error is calling out low compression ratio. System will shut
Slave1 outdoor unit inverter 1 or inverter 2 low compres- down and display error code “CH36*”.
3 6 2 • During ongoing operation, if the compression ratio is <1.6 for
sion ratio.
2 to 5 minutes following a change in position of the reversing
valve (either direction). If compression ratio is <1.6, delay 5
Slave2 outdoor unit inverter 1 or inverter 2 low com- minutes for condition to correct itself before raising the error.
3 6 3 • During low ambient cooling operation following an initial
pression ratio.
compressor start, if compression ratio is <1.1 for 2 minutes, if
compression ratio is <1.3 for 3 minutes.
Master outdoor unit inverter compressor current trans- Master outdoor unit inverter compressor current transducer (CT)
4 0 1 ducer (CT) sensor error. detection sensor disconnected, shorted, or opened.
Slave1 outdoor unit inverter compressor current trans- Slave1 outdoor unit inverter compressor current transducer (CT)
4 0 2 ducer (CT) sensor error. detection sensor disconnected, shorted, or opened.
Slave2 outdoor unit inverter compressor current trans- Slave2 outdoor unit inverter compressor current transducer (CT)
4 0 3 ducer (CT) sensor error. detection sensor disconnected, shorted, or opened.
Master outdoor unit inverter compressor1 discharge • Error can also occur if the system is operating in cooling at
4 1 1 extremely low temperatures with no low ambient kit.
pipe temperature sensor error.
Slave1 outdoor unit inverter compressor1 discharge • Compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor (TH3) is not
4 1 2 installed or connected properly.
pipe temperature sensor error.
• Defective compressor discharge pipe sensor (TH3) (opened or
Slave2 outdoor unit inverter compressor1 discharge shorted);
4 1 3 pipe temperature sensor error. • Defective outdoor unit PCB.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 129
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 72: Error Codes, continued.

Error Code Description Details
4 2 1 Master outdoor unit low pressure sensor error. • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
4 2 2 Slave1 outdoor unit low pressure sensor error. • Thermistor shorted or opened.
4 2 3 Slave2 outdoor unit low pressure sensor error. • Check for 12 V DC between 12 V and GND (red to black) for 5
4 3 1 Master outdoor unit high pressure sensor error. V DC.
4 3 2 Slave1 outdoor unit high pressure sensor error. • Check the Signal to GND (white to black) and use correct chart
from Troubleshooting section to compare with actual system
4 3 3 Slave2 outdoor unit high pressure sensor error. temperature.
4 4 1 Master outdoor unit ambient temperature sensor error.
4 4 2 Slave1 outdoor unit ambient temperature sensor error.
4 4 3 Slave2 outdoor unit ambient temperature sensor error.
4 5 1 Master outdoor unit heat exchanger pipe temperature • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
sensor.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

• Thermistor shorted or opened.

4 5 2 Slave1 outdoor unit heat exchanger pipe temperature
sensor.
4 5 3 Slave2 outdoor unit heat exchanger pipe temperature
sensor.
4 6 1 Master outdoor unit suction pipe temperature sensor error. • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
4 6 2 Slave1 outdoor unit suction pipe temperature sensor error. • Thermistor shorted or opened.
4 6 3 Slave2 outdoor unit suction pipe temperature sensor error. • Check suction sensor in cooling mode; check hot gas sensor
located near the heat exchanger in heating mode.
Master outdoor unit inverter compressor2 discharge • Error can also occur if the system is operating in cooling at
4 7 1 temperature sensor error. extremely low temperatures with no low ambient kit.
Slave1 outdoor unit inverter compressor2 discharge • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
4 7 2 temperature sensor error.
Outdoor Unit

• Thermistor shorted or opened.

Slave2 outdoor unit inverter compressor2 discharge
4 7 3 • Defective outdoor unit PCB.
temperature sensor error.
4 9 1 Master outdoor unit IPM temperature sensor error.
• Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
4 9 2 Slave1 outdoor unit IPM temperature sensor error.
• Thermistor shorted or opened.
4 9 3 Slave2 outdoor unit IPM temperature sensor error.
One or more of R(L1), S(L2), T(L3) input power line connections
5 0 1 Master outdoor unit loss of phase. is / are missing for the master outdoor unit.
One or more of R(L1), S(L2), T(L3) input power line connections
5 0 2 Slave1 outdoor unit loss of phase. is / are missing for the slave1 outdoor unit.
One or more of R(L1), S(L2), T(L3) input power line connections
5 0 3 Slave2 outdoor unit loss of phase. is / are missing for the slave2 outdoor unit.
The total of the nominal indoor unit capacity is less than 50% or
5 1 1 Combination ratio is out of range. more than 130% of the nominal outdoor unit capacity.
Value of total indoor unit capacity exceeds allowable heat recov-
ery unit branch capacity specifications. After auto-pipe detection
is complete, wait 5 minutes, then verify connected capacity.
System will display error if:
• The heat recovery unit port addresses are all unique, then >54
Mbh single indoor unit connected; >54 Mbh total of multiple
Total indoor unit capacity exceeds allowable heat IDUs connected.
5 1 2 recovery unit branch capacity. (Heat Recovery Systems • If 2 heat recovery unit port addresses are the same and the
only.) ports are twinned; >108 Mbh total of multiple indoor units are
connected.
• If 3 heat recovery unit port addresses are the same and the
ports are all connected, >162 Mbh total of multiple indoor units
connected.
• If the total connected indoor unit nominal capacity exceeds 192
Mbh for a single heat recovery unit.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
130
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 73: Error Codes, continued.

Error Code Description Details
Communication error between master outdoor unit main
5 2 1
PCB and inverter PCB. • Communication error between main PCB and inverter PCB.
Communication error between slave1 outdoor unit main
5 2 2 • Check connections at both sockets.
PCB and inverter PCB.
Communication error between slave2 outdoor unit main • Inspect interconnecting cable for wear.
5 2 3
PCB and inverter PCB.
Communication error between master outdoor unit main
5 3 1 • Check if outdoor unit to indoor unit(s) communications cable
PCB and indoor unit(s) PCB.
Communication error between slave1 outdoor unit main disconnected or shorted.
5 3 2
PCB and indoor unit(s) PCB. • Check A terminals are connected to indoor unit A(3) (5 on 3 x
Communication error between slave2 outdoor unit main 3 cassette) terminals; B(4) (6 on 3 x 3 cassette) terminals.
5 3 3
PCB and indoor unit(s) PCB.
Master outdoor unit main PCB and inverter PCB Master outdoor unit inverter PCB is not receiving signal from
5 7 1
communication error. main PCB.
Slave1 outdoor unit main PCB and inverter PCB Slave1 outdoor unit inverter PCB is not receiving signal from
5 7 2
communication error. main PCB.
Slave2 outdoor unit main PCB and inverter PCB Slave2 outdoor unit inverter PCB is not receiving signal from
5 7 3
communication error. main PCB.

Error Codes
6 0 1 Master outdoor unit inverter PCB EEPROM error. • Verify the EEPROM is present and in the socket correctly.
6 0 2 Slave1 outdoor unit inverter PCB EEPROM error. • Check if all pins are in and are not bent.
6 0 3 Slave2 outdoor unit inverter PCB EEPROM error. • Check if notch in the chip lines up with the arrow on the
Outdoor Unit

socket.
High temperature at the master outdoor unit inverter System shut off because of high temperatures at the master
6 2 1
heatsink. outdoor unit inverter heatsink.
High temperature at the slave1 outdoor unit inverter System shut off because of high temperatures at the slave1
6 2 2
heatsink. outdoor unit inverter heatsink.
High temperature at the slave2 outdoor unit inverter System shut off because of high temperatures at the slave2
6 2 3
heatsink. outdoor unit inverter heatsink.
Master outdoor unit inverter heatsink temperature • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
6 5 1
sensor error. • Thermistor shorted or opened.
Slave1 outdoor unit inverter heatsink temperature • Check for 12 V DC between 12 V and GND (red to black) for
6 5 2
sensor error. 5 V DC.
Slave2 outdoor unit inverter heatsink temperature • Check the Signal to GND (white to black) and use correct chart
6 5 3 from Troubleshooting section to compare with actual system
sensor error.
temperature.
6 7 1 Master outdoor unit fan has locked up.
6 7 2 Slave1 outdoor unit fan has locked up. No airflow.
6 7 3 Slave2 outdoor unit fan has locked up
7 1 1 Master outdoor unit inverter CT sensor error. Master outdoor unit is restricted.
7 1 2 Slave1 outdoor unit inverter CT sensor error. Slave1 outdoor unit is restricted.
7 1 3 Slave2 outdoor unit inverter CT sensor error. Slave2 outdoor unit is restricted.
Master outdoor unit fan current detection (CT) sensor discon-
7 5 1 Master outdoor unit fan CT sensor error. nected or shorted.
Slave1 outdoor unit fan current detection (CT) sensor discon-
7 5 2 Slave1 outdoor unit fan CT sensor error. nected or shorted.
Slave2 outdoor unit fan current detection (CT) sensor discon-
7 5 3 Slave2 outdoor unit fan CT sensor error. nected or shorted.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 131
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 74: Error Codes, continued.

Error Code Description Details
Outdoor unit fan current is >10A (for 208-230V units) or 5A (for
7 7 1 Master outdoor unit fan overcurrent error.
460V units).
Slave1 outdoor unit fan current is >10A (for 208-230V units) or
7 7 2 Slave1 outdoor unit fan overcurrent error.
5A (for 460V units).
Slave2 outdoor unit fan current is >10A (for 208-230V units) or
7 7 3 Slave2 outdoor unit fan overcurrent error.
5A (for 460V units).
Master outdoor unit fan is experiencing first position sensor
7 9 1 Master outdoor unit fan operation failure error.
failure.
Slave1 outdoor unit fan is experiencing first position sensor
7 9 2 Slave1 outdoor unit fan operation failure error.
failure.
Slave2 outdoor unit fan is experiencing first position sensor
7 9 3 Slave2 outdoor unit fan operation failure error.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

failure.
8 6 1 Master outdoor unit main PCB onboard EEPROM error. • Verify the EEPROM is present and in the socket correctly.
• Check if all pins are in and are not bent.
8 6 2 Slave1 outdoor unit main PCB onboard EEPROM error.
• Check if notch in the chip lines up with the arrow on the
8 6 3 Slave2 outdoor unit main PCB onboard EEPROM error. socket.
• Communication error between master outdoor unit fan MICOM
8 7 1 Master outdoor unit fan PCB EEPROM error. and EEPROM.
• Verify EEPROM is present and in the socket correctly.
• Communication error between slave1 outdoor unit fan MICOM
8 7 2 Slave1 outdoor unit fan PCB EEPROM error. and EEPROM.
• Verify EEPROM is present and in the socket correctly.
• Communication error between slave2 outdoor unit fan MICOM
Outdoor Unit

8 7 3 Slave2 outdoor unit fan PCB EEPROM error. and EEPROM.

• Verify EEPROM is present and in the socket correctly.
Communication error between master outdoor unit and Master outdoor unit main PCB is not receiving signals from
1 0 4 1
slave outdoor units. slave outdoor units.
Communication error between slave1 outdoor unit and Slave1 outdoor unit main PCB is not receiving signals from
1 0 4 2
master and slave2 outdoor units. master and slave2 outdoor units.
Communication error between slave2 outdoor unit and Slave2 outdoor unit main PCB is not receiving signals from
1 0 4 3
master and slave1 outdoor units. master and slave1 outdoor units.
Master outdoor unit fan PCB to inverter compressor Master outdoor unit fan PCB did not receive signal from inverter
1 0 5 1
PCB communication error. compressor PCB.
Slave1 outdoor unit fan PCB to inverter compressor Slave1 outdoor unit fan PCB did not receive signal from inverter
1 0 5 2
PCB communication error. compressor PCB.
Slave2 outdoor unit fan PCB to inverter compressor Slave2 outdoor unit fan PCB did not receive signal from inverter
1 0 5 3
PCB communication error.. compressor PCB.
1 0 6 1 Master outdoor unit fan IPM error. Instant overcurrent (peak) of master outdoor unit fan IPM.
1 0 6 2 Slave1 outdoor unit fan IPM error. Instant overcurrent (peak) of slave1 outdoor unit fan IPM.
1 0 6 3 Slave2 outdoor unit fan IPM error. Instant overcurrent (peak) of slave2 outdoor unit fan IPM.
A capacitor that is serving the ODU fan inverter is not working
1 0 7 1 Master outdoor unit fan DC link low voltage error. properly, or the voltage at the capacitor is out of range (low).
Start diagnosis at the inverter socket on the outdoor unit noise
1 0 7 2 Slave1 outdoor unit fan DC link low voltage error. filter PCB
• Outdoor unit fan DC link voltage is <50V for a minimum of
250μs (for both 208-230V and 460V units).
1 0 7 3 Slave2 outdoor unit fan DC link low voltage error. • Disconnected DC link.
• Damaged electrical condenser component (serving capacitor)
on inverter driver board.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
132
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 75: Error Codes, continued.

Error Code Description Details
Master outdoor unit liquid pipe temperature sensor
1 1 3 1
error.
Slave1 outdoor unit liquid pipe temperature sensor
1 1 3 2
error.
Slave2 outdoor unit liquid pipe temperature sensor
1 1 3 3
error.
• Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
Master outdoor unit subcooling inlet temperature
1 1 4 1 • Thermistor shorted or opened.
sensor error.
Slave1 outdoor unit subcooling inlet temperature • Check for 12 V DC between 12 V and GND (red to black) for
1 1 4 2 5 V DC.
sensor error.
Slave2 outdoor unit subcooling inlet temperature • Check the Signal to GND (white to black) and use correct chart
1 1 4 2 from Troubleshooting section to compare with actual system
sensor error.
temperature.
Master outdoor unit subcooling outlet temperature
1 1 5 1
sensor error.
Slave1 outdoor unit subcooling outlet temperature
1 1 5 2
sensor error.
Slave2 outdoor unit subcooling outlet temperature
1 1 5 3
sensor error.

Error Codes
Master outdoor unit low oil level or oil level sensor • Master outdoor unit may have low oil levels.
1 1 6 1
error. • Master outdoor unit oil level sensor disconnected or shorted.
• Slave1 outdoor unit may have low oil levels.
1 1 6 2 Slave1 outdoor unit oil level sensor error.
• Slave1 outdoor unit oil level sensor disconnected or shorted.
• Slave2 outdoor unit may have low oil levels.
Outdoor Unit

1 1 6 3 Slave2 outdoor unit oil level sensor error.

• Slave2 outdoor unit oil level sensor disconnected or shorted.
1 4 5 1 Communication error between master outdoor unit Master outdoor unit main board to external board communica-
main board and external board. tion failure.
1 4 5 2 Communication error between slave1 outdoor unit Slave1 outdoor unit main board to external board communica-
main board and external board. tion failure.
1 4 5 3 Communication error between slave2 outdoor unit Slave2 outdoor unit main board to external board communica-
main board and external board. tion failure.
Code indicates that based on current superheat measurements,
Master outdoor unit compressor discharge superheat there is a high possibility of liquid refrigerant flooding back and
1 5 0 1 damaging the compressor.
not satisfied.
• Outdoor unit compressor discharge superheat not satisfied for
PLQXWHV
• Code can only occur when the outdoor is operating in cooling
mode (all indoor units must be in cooling mode; error cannot
Slave1 outdoor unit compressor discharge superheat occur during simultaneous operation).
1 5 0 2 • After at least 10 minutes of compressor operation, the master
not satisfied.
outdoor unit microprocessor will calculate the system’s com-
pressor superheat. If at any time during compressor operation
where all indoor units in thermal on are in cooling mode and
WKHFRPSUHVVRUVXSHUKHDWIDOOV)&IRUPLQXWHV
there is a high probability that liquid could flood back to the in-
Slave2 outdoor unit compressor discharge superheat let of the compressor scroll, resulting in compressor damage.
1 5 0 3
not satisfied. • If error occurs 3 times within any 1 hour period of compressor
operation, the system will shut down and remain off. A manual
restart will be necessary.
1 5 1 1 Master outdoor unit difference between high and low
pressure is too low.
Not enough pressure difference between high and low. Function
1 5 1 2 Slave1 outdoor unit difference between high and low
pressure is too low. error of outdoor unit four-way reversing valve (defective, discon-
QHFWHGUHVLVWDQFHLVQRWȍ
1 5 1 3 Slave2 outdoor unit difference between high and low
pressure is too low.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 133
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 76: Error Codes, continued.

Error Code Description Details
Master outdoor unit upper heat exchanger temperature
1 5 3 1 sensor error.
Slave1 outdoor unit upper heat exchanger temperature • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
1 5 3 2 sensor error.
• Thermistor shorted or opened.
Slave2 outdoor unit upper heat exchanger temperature
1 5 3 3 • Check for 12 V DC between 12 V and GND (red to black) for
sensor error.
5 V DC.
Master outdoor unit lower heat exchanger temperature
1 5 4 1 • Check the Signal to GND (white to black) and use correct chart
sensor error.
Slave1 outdoor unit lower heat exchanger temperature from Troubleshooting section to compare with actual system
1 5 4 2 temperature.
sensor error.
Slave2 outdoor unit lower heat exchanger temperature
1 5 4 3 sensor error.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Communication error between master outdoor unit Master outdoor unit external board main to sub MICOMs
1 8 2 1 external board main and sub MICOMs. communication failure.
Communication error between slave1 outdoor unit Slave1 outdoor unit external board main to sub MICOMs
1 8 2 2 external board main and sub MICOMs. communication failure.
Communication error between slave2 outdoor unit Slave2 outdoor unit external board main to sub MICOMs
1 8 2 3 external board main and sub MICOMs. communication failure.
• Inlet water temperature is <5°C (41°F). Raise error code –
Level 3 response.
1 8 7 1
• Water outlet temperature sensor is disconnected or shorted.
9DOXHVUHDGOHVVWKDQ&RUJUHDWHUWKDQ&OHVVWKDQ
)RUJUHDWHUWKDQ)
1 8 7 2 • Prevents HEX from bursting (from freezing) when operating.
Hydro kit P, HEX error (P equals prevents from freez-
Does not protect HEX if the glycol is inadequate, nor if the
ing).
hydro kit is off and not operating.
Outdoor unit compressor ramps up, and hydro kit operates. One
1 8 7 3 (1) minute later, pipe temperature at mid-temperature hot water
supply (inlet or outlet water) is <0°C (32°F), and mid-tempera-
WXUHKRWZDWHUVXSSO\LQOHWRURXWOHWZDWHULV&)IRU
ten (10) seconds.
Excessive increase in master outdoor unit fan heatsink • System has shut off because outdoor unit fan heatsink tem-
1 9 3 1 temperature. perature is >203°F.
Excessive increase in slave1 outdoor unit fan heatsink • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
1 9 3 2 temperature.
• Thermistor shorted or opened.
• Check for 12 V DC between 12 V and GND (red to black) for
Excessive increase in slave2 outdoor unit fan heatsink 5 V DC.
1 9 3 3 • Check the Signal to GND (white to black) and use correct chart
temperature.
from Troubleshooting section to compare with actual system
temperature.
Master outdoor unit fan heatsink temperature • Check the connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
1 9 4 1 sensor error. • Thermistor shorted or opened.
Slave1 outdoor unit fan heatsink temperature • Check for 12 V DC between 12 V and GND (red to black) for
1 9 4 2 sensor error. 5 V DC.
Slave2 outdoor unit fan heatsink temperature • Check the Signal to GND (white to black) and use correct chart
1 9 4 3 from Troubleshooting section to compare with actual system
sensor error.
temperature.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
134
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODE TABLES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 77: Error Codes, continued.

Error Code Description Details
The amount of nominal cooling capacity of indoor units con-
nected to a heat recovery unit, or a heat recovery unit port, or
grouped heat recovery unit port is excessive. After auto-pipe
detection is complete, wait 5 minutes, then verify connected
capacity. System will display error if:
• The heat recovery unit port addresses are all unique, then >54
& Mbh single indoor unit connected; >54 Mbh total of multiple
indoor units connected.
No.
Capacity of indoor units connected to the heat • If 2 heat recovery unit port addresses are the same and the
- 5 1 of ports are twinned; >108 Mbh total of multiple indoor units are
recovery unit exceeds allowable limits.
HR connected.
Unit • If 3 heat recovery unit port addresses are the same and the
ports are all connected, >162 Mbh total of multiple indoor
units connected.
• If the total connected indoor unit nominal capacity exceeds
192 Mbh for a single heat recovery unit.
• Error code displays on the outdoor unit SSD, the heat recov-
ery unit SSD, or in LGMV.
2 0 0 1 Auto pipe search failure. Auto piping procedure did not complete properly.
Heat recovery unit liquid sensor error. (C = Heat

Error Codes
Disconnection or short circuit of heat recovery unit liquid pipe
2 0 1 UHFRYHU\XQLW+HDWUHFRYHU\XQLW
Heat Recovery Unit

sensor.
number).
Heat recovery unit subcooling pipe inlet sensor
Disconnection or short circuit of heat recovery unit subcooling
2 0 2 HUURU& +HDWUHFRYHU\XQLW+HDWUHFRYHU\XQLW
pipe inlet sensor.
number).
Heat recovery unit subcooling pipe outlet sensor
Disconnection or short circuit of heat recovery unit subcooling
2 0 3 HUURU& +HDWUHFRYHU\XQLW+HDWUHFRYHU\XQLW
pipe outlet sensor.
number).
Communication error between outdoor unit and
2 0 4 KHDWUHFRYHU\XQLW& +HDWUHFRYHU\XQLW+HDW Outdoor unit does not receive signal from heat recovery unit.
& recovery unit number)
No.
of HR Communication error between heat recovery unit • Communication problem occurred between the heat recovery
Unit (2A Series) and the 485 modem. The 2A Series heat unit PCB and the connection to the communications bus (the
recovery unit applies only to heat recovery systems heat recovery unit 485 modem).
2 0 5
communicating at a baud rate of 9,600 bps. • Error displays if the outdoor unit signal is not received for
• The 485 modem is the communications style on three (3) minutes. The error clears after the signal is received
the bus that is an outdoor unit to many indoor units. from the modem. (2A Series Heat Recovery Units.)
Duplicate address error of the heat recovery unit
• A heat recovery unit address is duplicated for 485 communi-
(2A Series).
cation.
• The 2A Series heat recovery unit applies only to
• There are two heat recovery units with one or more HEX
2 0 6 heat recovery systems communicating at a baud
addresses that are the same.
rate of 9,600 bps.
• Adjust the hex address dial found on the heat recovery units.
• The 485 modem is the communications style on the
bus that is an outdoor unit to many indoor units.
Network

Inability of the central controller to receive information from the

2 4 2 * Network error of central controller.
outdoor unit.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 135
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error Nos. 01, 02, 06, and 17
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

Indoor unit return air or optional remote wall tem-
01
perature sensor communications error.
1. Problem with the sensor.
01 (Fresh Air
Fresh air unit outlet air sensor error. 2. Connections on indoor unit PCB are wrong.
Unit [FAU])
3. Indoor unit PCB has failed.
Indoor unit inlet pipe temperature sensor communi-
02
cation error.
1. Indoor unit outlet pipe temperature sensor is
Sensor has disconnected or shorted. (Check the connection on
disconnected or the indoor unit PCB, then check the thermistor.)
Indoor unit or hydro kit outlet pipe temperature
06 short circuited. 2. Hydro kit liquid side temperature sensor is
sensor error.
Use the OHM disconnected or shorted. Values read less than
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

and voltage &RUJUHDWHUWKDQ&OHVVWKDQ)RU

check charts. JUHDWHUWKDQ)
Hydro kit indoor unit water pipe temperature and Water inlet and outlet pipe temperature sensor
16 ambient temperature sensor communication error. disconnected, shorted, or opened.
1. Water inlet temperature sensor disconnected
Hydro kit inlet pipe temperature sensor communi- or shorted. Values read less than -43°C or greater
WKDQ&OHVVWKDQ)RUJUHDWHUWKDQ
17 cation error. Outside air duct inlet pipe temperature )
sensor communication error. 2. Temperature sensor disconnected, shorted, or
opened.

Is the sensor properly connected to No

Connect to the PCB properly.
the PCB?

Yes

Is the resistance value of the sensor No

Change the sensor.
normal?

Yes

Replace the PCB.

• ,IWKHYDOXHLV!NȍRSHQRUȍ

(short), there is an error.
CN-ROOM: Indoor Air Temperature Sensor
CN-PIPE IN: Pipe Inlet Temperature Sensor • Sensor resistance value will vary with the
temperature. See below for the resistance
CN-PIPE OUT: Pipe Outlet Temperature Sensor
values according to temperature (±5% toler-
ance).
• $LUWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU) Nȍ)
Nȍ) Nȍ
• 3LSHWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU) Nȍ)
Nȍ) Nȍ
Measure the resistance of outlet pipe temperature
sensor.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
136
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 03
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Zone controller error.
2. Indoor unit PCB error.
Communication error between zone Indoor unit PCB has not received com-
03 3. Connection error or connection
controller and indoor unit munications signal from zone controller.
wrong.
4. Transmission cable error.

Does the error happen again after No

Replace the controller.
the controller is replaced?1

Yes

Does the error occur after the con- No Check the communications cable and the
troller cable is replaced? connection.2

Yes

Error Codes
Replace the indoor unit PCB.3

1
If there isn't a controller to replace, use an operating controller from another indoor unit.
2
Plug the controller directly into the indoor unit PCB. If the error code does not come back after several minutes, the cable needs to be replaced.
Check the cable because the connection could be in error. Check for cable extensions. Check distances between the communication cable and main
electrical wiring. Ensure that the cable and wiring are at safe distances from one another to avoid being affected by electromagnetic waves.
3
After replacing the indoor unit PCB, perform the auto addressing procedure, and input unit address if system includes a controller. (All
connected indoor units must be turned ON before initiating the auto addressing procedure.)

CN-REMO: Remote controller connection

The PCB can differ from model to model. Images here are representative
of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
on model and system type.

Checking communication cable connection

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 137
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 04
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Drain pump / float switch error.
Indoor unit drain Drain pump and / or float switch could be 2. Improper drain pipe location, clogged drain
04 malfunctioning. Also check if the drain line is
overflow error. obstructed. pipe.
3. Indoor unit PCB error.

Is the drain pan filled half- No Is the float switch No

way with water? (Float is halfway resistance short when Replace the float switch.
up to the float switch.) measured?
Yes
Replace the indoor unit PCB or reconnect the
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Yes
connector.

Is the drain pump No For the indoor unit No

operating? (Sound / drain noise / PCB, does the voltage have Replace the indoor unit PCB.
contact / etc.) the correct output?

Yes Yes
Replace the drain pump.

No
Check the height and slope of the
Is the drain pump clogged?
drain head.

Yes

Remove any debris and clean the pump.

Images here are representative

of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
* If the float rises higher than half its on model and system type.
height, then the circuit opens and the
unit automatically stops.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
138
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 04, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Float

A: Point to Check Rotation ** Indoor PCB Drain Pump Connector

(Check Electrical Input; Marked as
CN-DPUMP

Error Codes
Float Switch Housing (CN-FLOAT)

Images here are representative of system components. Actual compo-

nent appearance depends on model and system type.

Standard Drain Pipe Height / Slope.

Maximum 1/50~1/100
11-13/16 inches inches
Maximum
27-1/2 inches

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 139
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 05
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Auto addressing has not been performed
properly.
2. Communication cable is not connected.
Communication Indoor unit PCB is not receiving communica- 3. Communication cable is short circuiting.
error between out- tions signal from outdoor unit PCB for more
05 4. Indoor unit communication circuit error.
door unit PCB and than 5 minutes. Check indoor unit PCB for
indoor unit PCB. issues. 5. Outdoor unit communication circuit error.
6. Not enough physical distance between pow-
er wiring and communication cables.
7. T-phase line disconnection.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Replace the PCB of indoor unit after

No After auto addressing, is No error is displayed.
Do all the indoor units the correct number of indoor
display error code CH05? units connected displayed? Reconnect after checking the
communication cable of the indoor
Yes Yes unit that displays the error.
END
Check and replace the outdoor unit
No Is the power supply at No PCB.
Is the outdoor unit the outdoor unit terminal
PCB LED blinking? block correct?
Check and replace TRANS.

Yes
Yes
Check the insulation of the inverter
No compressor; replace if necessary.
Is the main circuit breaker OFF?
Check the capacity of main circuit
Yes breaker; replace if necessary.

Power supply cable is not connected properly. Check the T-phase connection.

There is a problem with the main power supply. If the above are operating correctly,
turn on main circuit breaker.
Check if the
communication cable is
properly connected No
Reconnect communication cable.
to indoor / outdoor unit
terminal blocks?
Outdoor unit PCB is malfunctioning. Images here are representative
Yes
Check, then replace. of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
Indoor unit PCB is malfunctioning.
Check, then replace.
on model and system type.

Communication from the indoor unit is normal if voltage If the DC voltage between communication terminal A, B
fluctuation (-9V ~ +9V) exists (when checking DC voltage of the of indoor unit fluctuates within -9V ~ +9V, then the
communication terminal between the indoor and outdoor units). communication from the outdoor unit is normal.

Error No. Description Details Causes

• Serial number on
EEPROM of indoor
unit is 0 or FFFFFF.
• Communication error 1. Error developed in transmission between the microproces-
09 Indoor unit EEPROM error. between MICOM and sor and the EEPROM on the indoor unit PCB.
EEPROM. 2. EEPROM is damaged.
• Indoor unit PCB EE-
PROM is in error or
data is not available.
Replace the indoor unit PCB, perform the Auto Addressing procedure, and input the central control address.

Error Codes

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 141
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 10
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Fan motor connector has been disconnect-
Indoor unit BLDC ed, removed, or malfunctioned.
Indoor BLDC fan motor feedback signal has
10 fan motor commu-
been absent for at least 50 seconds. 2. Indoor fan motor lock has failed.
nications error.
3. Indoor PCB error.

Is the connection No
installed properly? Connect properly.

Yes
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Is fan motor No
Replace indoor unit fan motor.
operating normally?*

Yes

Replace indoor unit PCB**

*The indoor unit fan motor hall sensor is operating normally when the values measured are as shown below.

Measure Each Terminal with the Tester

Tester
Normal Resistance (±10%)
+ -
1 4
5 4 Hundreds kȍ +XQGUHGVNȍ
k
6 4
7 4 Hundreds kȍ +XQGUHGVNȍ
1 4 5 6 7

Checking the Fan Motor Connections

Images here are representative of system components. Actual compo-

nent appearance depends on model and system type.

** Replace the indoor unit PCB, perform the Auto Addressing procedure, and then input the
central control address.

WARNING
Check the fan motor connection to the PCB only when power is OFF. Electrical shock can cause physical injury or death.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
142
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 10, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

'LVPDQWOLQJ6HUYLFLQJWKH&RQWURO%R[DQG,QYHUWHU3&% Figure 64: Detaching the Middle

Bracket Screws.

• Do not remove the heat sink assembly before detaching the middle bracket screws.
• Use care when detaching the heat sink assembly. Do not apply excessive force. Applying excessive
force will damage the heat sink assembly and will cause the unit to malfunction. Middle
Dismantling / Servicing the Control Box Bracket
Screws
1. Remove the control box cover.
2. Remove the middle bracket screws.
3. Gently detach the heat sink assembly from the control box.
Heat Sink Assembly
4. Disconnect the fan lead wire from the control box, and detach the
compressor lead wires from the compressors. Figure 65: Removingthe Figure 66: Removing the Middle Bracket
Control Box Cover. Screws.
5. Detach the outer screws, and then remove the control box as-
sembly from the outdoor unit.
6. To reassemble the control box, follow Steps 5 through 1 above. Middle
Middle Bracket
Bracket
Screw
Heat transfer paste at the heat sink is required. For instructions, see Heat Sink

Error Codes
“Replacing the Inverter PCB Heat Sink” page later in this section. Assembly

Dismantling / Servicing the Inverter PCB

Figure 67: Detaching the Figure 68: Disconnecting Figure 69: Detachingthe
1. Detach the four (4) thermal pad mounting screws Mounting Screws. the Compressor and IGBT Screws.
at the left side of the control box. Power Input Wiring.
2. Disconnect the compressor (U/V/W) and the pow-
er input (R/S/T) lead wiring.
3. Detach the two (2) middle IGBT mounting
screws.
4. Remove the Inverter PCB from the control box
assembly.
5. Remove the PCB from the corner supports.
6. To reassemble the Inverter PCB, follow Steps 5
through 1 above.

1. Figure 70: Removing the Figure 71: Removing the

Inverter PCB. PCB.
• Only use a JIS screwdriver. A standard Phillips screwdriver will damage / strip
the inverter PCB screw heads.
• Heat transfer paste at the heat sink is required. For instructions, see “Replac-
ing the Inverter PCB Heat Sink” page later in this section.
• Carefully reconnect the wires with out interchanging the locations.

WARNING
Dismantle the Control Box and Inverter PCB only when power is OFF. Electrical
shock can cause physical injury or death.

Images here are representative of system components. Actual component appearance depends on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 143
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 21
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Detected by the CT sensor on the IGBT PCB.
2. Overcurrent in compressor U-V-W phases.
3. Damaged compressor.
21 4. Damaged IPM on inverter board.
• Inverter driver detects over-
current (CT sensor on the 5. Compressor disconnected.
Outdoor unit in- IGBTM PCB). 6. Damaged or disconnected cooling fan.
Master: 211 verter board IPM
fault error. • Error code is determined 7. Damaged inverter board – input voltage too low. For 208-
Slave 1: 212 by overcurrent in any one 230V: On 068 compressors = 143A for a minimum of 3μs;
Slave 2: 213 phase of compressor.
on 048 compressors = 96A for a minimum of 3μs. For 460V:
On 068 compressors = 80 A for a minimum of 3μs; On 048
compressors = 56A for a minimum of 3μs. Also, see tables
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

below.

Are all the electrical wiring No 1. Check R(L1), S(L2), T(L3) wiring connections.
connections correct? ĺ Rewire if errors are found.

Yes
1. Check the resistance between each compressor terminal.
JQC068MA JQC048MA
The resistance between Temp. 77°F 167°F Temp. 77°F 167°F
each phase and the inverter No U-V ȍ ȍ U-V ȍ ȍ
compressor insulation resistance correct? V-W ȍ ȍ V-W ȍ ȍ
W-U ȍ ȍ W-U ȍ ȍ
JQC068MB / JQC068MBA JQC048MB / JQC048MBA
Temp. 77°F 167°F Temp. 77°F 167°F
U-V 0.1ȍ ȍ U-V 0.1ȍ ȍ
V-W 0.1ȍ ȍ V-W 0.1ȍ ȍ
W-U 0.1ȍ ȍ W-U 0.1ȍ ȍ
2. Check insulation resistance between compressor
WHUPLQDODQGSLSLQJ!0ȍ
Yes ĺ Replace compressor if problems are found.

Are the compressor 1.Check Inverter PCB assembly and U,V,W connections.
No
wiring connections correct? 2. Check wiring for any disconnections or damage.
3. Check compressor terminal connections for bad contacts.
ĺ Reassemble if errors are found.

Yes

1.Check Inverter PCB assembly and P,N connecti0ons.

Are the DC link wiring No
2.Check wiring for any disconnections or damage.
connections correct? ĺ Reassemble if errors are found.

See the “Checking the Inverter

Insulated-Gate Bipolar Transis- Yes
tor Module” and the “Checking
the Phase Diode Bridge” Are the compressor IPM heat No 1.Check Inverter PCB assembly, compressor IPM heat sink
pages in the “Troubleshooting sink connections correct?
connections.
ĺ Reassemble if errors are found.
Main Components” section.
Yes

Check if Inverter PCB assembly, IPM are operating

Is the inverter PCB assembly No
properly.
Always apply heat transfer functioning properly?
ĺ Replace Inverter PCB assembly if errors are found.
paste to the new inverter PCB
heat sink before installing. For Yes
instructions, see “Replacing
the Inverter PCB Heat Sink” Recheck power and installation.
page later in this section.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
144
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 21, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Measuring the resistance between P and N Terminals.

each compressor terminal. Compressor wiring
connections.

* Heat Sink
Screws.
R
S
T

Error Codes
Images here are representative of system
components. Actual component appearance
Check DC link connections. depends on model and system type.
Table 78: Error No. 21 Checkpoint Details.
Checklist
Cause Check Defective App.
Check Point Normal Abnormal Parts
15V Voltage Measurement
Under Voltage (15V) Voltage 14.5V ~ 15.5V 9Ļ Inverter PCB A2 (Power ON)
(Inverter connector)
Check Inverter PCB appearance Appearance Good Damage
Measure 5V,15V line 5V, 15V Resistance NĹ NĻa
Inverter PCB
IGBTM (Check IGBT) P-U,V,W / N-U,V,W 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal Inverter PCB B1 (Power Off)
Damaged
Inverter Drive Circuit
Diode 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
(Check diode)

Figure 72: Two Compressor Additional Check Procedure (Same Capacity Inverter Only).

Standard Connection. Cross Connections after Operation.

Example: Inverter 1, CH21 If Inverter 2 has CH21 displayed, If Inverter 1 consistently displays
displayed. then Comp. 1 is defective. CH21, then Inverter 1 is defective.

Inv.1 Inv.2 Inv.1

Inv.2 Inv.1 Inv.2
- CH21 - CH21 - CH21
or

Comp.1 Comp.2 Comp.1 Comp.2 Comp.1 Comp.2

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 145
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 22
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Overload: Pipe has been clogged, EEV is
defective, indoor or outdoor unit is blocked,
22 there has been an overcharge in refriger-
ant.
Outdoor unit
AC inverter board The three-phase input power current for the 2. Compressor motor or insulation has been
Master: 221 input overcurrent damaged.
inverter PCB assembly is >22A.
Slave 1: 222 (RMS) error. 3. Input voltage is low.
Slave 2: 223 4. Improper connections in the power wiring.
5. Inverter PCB assembly has been damaged
(input current sensor).
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

1. Check the piping for clogs and damage.

2. Check if the indoor or outdoor unit is blocked.
3. Check if the EEV connection assembly is correct and operating
Is the installation No properly.
correct? 4. Check refrigerant pressure.
ĺ$GMXVWRUUHDVVHPEOHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes
1. Check resistance between each compressor terminal.
899::8
$UHWKHUHVLVWDQFH JQC068MA JQC048MA
between each phase and No Temp. 77°F 167°F Temp. 77°F 167°F
LQYHUWHUFRPSUHVVRULQVXODWLRQ U-V ȍ ȍ U-V ȍ ȍ
resistance correct? V-W ȍ ȍ V-W ȍ ȍ
W-U ȍ ȍ W-U ȍ ȍ
JQC068MB / JQC068MBA JQC048MB / JQC048MBA
Temp. 77°F 167°F Temp. 77°F 167°F
See the “Checking the Inverter U-V
V-W
0.1ȍ ȍ
0.1ȍ ȍ
U-V
V-W
0.1ȍ ȍ
0.1ȍ ȍ
Insulated-Gate Bipolar Transis- W-U 0.1ȍ ȍ W-U 0.1ȍ ȍ
tor Module” and the “Checking 2. Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and
the Phase Diode Bridge” SLSLQJRYHU0ȍ
pages in the “Troubleshooting Yes ĺ5HSODFHFRPSUHVVRULIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Main Components” section.
&KHFN,QYHUWHU3&%DVVHPEO\89:FRQQHFWLRQV
$UHWKHFRPSUHVVRU No 2. Check wiring for disconnections and damage.
wiring connections correct? 3. Check compressor terminal connections for bad contacts.
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Always apply heat Yes

transfer paste to the new
inverter PCB heat sink &KHFNEULGJHGLRGHLQ,QYHUWHU3&%,*%70
$UHWKH,QYHUWHU3&%DVVHPEO\ No
before installing. For bridge diode connections correct? ĺ5HDVVHPEO\LIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
instructions, see “Re-
placing the Inverter PCB
Heat Sink” page later in Yes
this section. Check
No 5a66a77a5SKDVHYROWDJHLVZLWKLQ
,VWKHLQSXWYROWDJHQRUPDO"
ĺ&KHFNFRQQHFWLRQVDQGZLULQJLISRZHULVLQFRUUHFW

Yes

,VWKH,QYHUWHU3&%DVVHPEO\ No &KHFNIRU,QYHUWHU3&%DVVHPEO\,30HUURUV
correct? ĺ5HSODFH,QYHUWHU3&% assembly.

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
146
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 22, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Measure resistance between Measure input voltage.

compressor terminals. Images here are representative
of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
on model and system type.

Error Codes
Compressor wiring connections.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 147
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 23
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

System shut off because 1. Start diagnosis at the inverter socket on the outdoor unit noise
23 the DC link voltage fell filter PCB.
Low DC voltage
below 50V (for both 208-
sensed at the out- 2. There is a capacitor that is not working properly, or the voltage at
230V and 460V units), or
Master: 231 door unit inverter the capacitor is out of range (either high or low).
exceeded 550V (for 208-
Slave 1: 232 compressor DC 3. Disconnected DC link.
230V units) or 1,000V (for
link. 4. Damaged electrical condenser component (serving capacitor) on
Slave 2: 233 460V units) for a minimum
of 250μs. inverter driver board.

Check DC link connections. Measure input voltage.

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Images here are representative of system components. Actual compo-

nent appearance depends on model and system type.
DC Link Connector

See the “Checking the Inverter Insulated-Gate Bipolar Transistor Mod-

ule” and the “Checking the Phase Diode Bridge” pages in the “Trouble-
shooting Main Components” section.

Always apply heat transfer paste to the new inverter PCB heat sink
before installing. For instructions, see “Replacing the Inverter PCB Heat
Sink” page later in this section.
Table 79: Error No. 23 Checkpoint Details.
Checklist
Cause Check Defective App.
Check Point Normal Abnormal Parts

3P3W, 220V 220V ± 15%

Input Voltage A1
Check Input Voltage Non-normal Input Voltage
Voltage Abnormal (Power ON)
3P3W, 460V 460V ± 15%

3P3W, 220V 310V±20% 9Ļ9Ĺ A3

DC Link Converter
Check DC Link Voltage Voltage (Power ON and
Power Abnormal PCB
3P3W, 460V 650V±20% 9Ļ9Ĺ Compressor operating)
Check Converter PCB
Appearance Good Damage
Converter Appearance Converter B2
PCB damaged Measure 5V,15V line 5V, 15V Resistance NĹ NĻa PCB (Power Off)
Check Bridge Diode P-R,S,T / N-R,S,T 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
148
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 24
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Outdoor unit high pressure switch is defective.
2. Indoor unit fan or outdoor unit fan is / are defective.
3. Compressor check valve is clogged.
4. Pipe has been damaged.
24 5. Overcharge of refrigerant.
Outdoor unit high pressure switch 6. Defective EEV at the indoor or outdoor unit.
System has been error. Excessive increase in
turned off by the outdoor unit compressor discharge 7. Outdoor unit is blocked during cooling mode; indoor unit
Master: 241 outdoor unit high pressure. filter is clogged during heating mode.
Slave 1: 242 pressure switch. 8. Service valve is clogged.
Slave 2: 243 9. Outdoor unit PCB is defective.
10. Check connection on the outdoor unit PCB.
11. Active path valve is defective.
12. Use chart in Troubleshooting section of the manual to
check signal output (V DC) versus actual pressure.

Is the high pressure No

switch connected to Securely connect.
the PCB?*

Error Codes
Yes

Has the high pressure No Has the high pressure No

switch shorted out when the switch terminal shorted Replace high pressure switch.
system wasn’t operating?** out?**
Yes
Yes
Replace connection cable.
*High pressure switch
connection on Main PCB.

No
Is the service valve open? Open the service valve.

Yes

Does the error reappear No Recheck--was the problem

after the system is reset? temporary?

Yes

Is the high pressure No Replace PCB.

>2500 kPa (measured at Error CH24: Inverter Compressor
the manifold gauge)? PCB.
**Check if the high pressure switch
Error CH109~154: Sub-unit PCB.
Yes connection has shorted out.

Does the high pressure

measured at the manifold No
Replace the high pressure sensor.
gauge match LGMV data?

Yes

Check if piping is blocked

and fix as necessary. Images here are representative of system
components. Actual component appearance
depends on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 149
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 25
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

25
Input voltage to 1. Input voltage is abnormal.
Outdoor unit has an input voltage of <180V or
the outdoor unit 2. Outdoor unit inverter PCB assembly is
Master: 251 >253V (for 208-230V units), or an input voltage
is too high or too damaged (input voltage sensor compo-
Slave 1: 252 of <414V or >528V (for 460V units).
low. nent).
Slave 2: 253

No
Are the power wiring Check R(L1) / S(L2) / T(L3) wiring connections.
connections correct? ĺ5HZLUHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

No Check if R~S / S~T / T~R phase voltage is <180V or >253V

Is the input voltage (for 208-230V units), or <414V or >528V (for 460V units).
normal?
ĺ&KHFNFRQQHFWLRQVDQGZLULQJLISRZHULVQRWFRUUHFW

Yes
Are the Inverter No
PCB assembly phase Check the phase bridge diode and Inverter IGBT connections.
bridge diode connections ĺ:LUHDJDLQLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
correct?

Yes

No
Does the Inverter PCB LED
Replace Inverter PCB assembly.
display an error?

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
150
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 26
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Overload error: Piping is clogged, indoor or
26 outdoor unit is blocked, EEV is blocked, or
there is an overcharge in refrigerant.
Outdoor unit in- 2. Compressor insulation and / or motor has
Master: 261 verter compressor Inverter compressor start failure.
operation error. been damaged.
Slave 1: 262 3. Compressor wiring error.
Slave 2: 263 4. Outdoor unit inverter PCB has been dam-
aged (CT).

1. Check if piping is clogged or has been damaged.

2. Check if outdoor or indoor units are blocked.
No 3. Check if EEV is operating normally and the connections are cor-
Is the installation correct? rect.
4. Check the refrigerant pressure.
Yes ĺ5HLQVWDOORUIL[LIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
No
Are the power wiring Check R(L1) / S(L2) / T(L3) wiring connections.

Error Codes
connections correct? ĺ5HZLUHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes 1. Check the resistance between each compressor terminal.

JQC068MA JQC048MA
Is the resistance be- Temp. 77°F 167°F Temp. 77°F 167°F
No U-V ȍ ȍ U-V ȍ ȍ
tween each phase and the
V-W ȍ ȍ V-W ȍ ȍ
Inverter compressor insulation
W-U ȍ ȍ W-U ȍ ȍ
resistance correct?

Yes JQC068MB / JQC068MBA JQC048MB / JQC048MBA

Temp. 77°F 167°F Temp. 77°F 167°F
U-V ȍ ȍ U-V ȍ ȍ
V-W ȍ ȍ V-W ȍ ȍ
W-U ȍ ȍ W-U ȍ ȍ

2. Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe

!ȍ0
ĺ5HSODFHFRPSUHVVRULIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

1. Check Inverter compressor PCB assembly, U,V,W connections.

No
Are the compressor wiring 2. Check if the wires have disconnected or were damaged.
connections correct? 3. Check compressor terminal connections for bad contacts.
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes
No Check if Inverter compressor PCB assembly and IPM are correct.
Is the Inverter
compressor PCB assembly ĺ5HSODFHFRPSUHVVRU3&%DVVHPEO\LIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
correct?
Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 151
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 26, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Measure resistance between Compressor wiring connections.

compressor terminals.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Images here are representative of system components. Actual component appearance depends on model and system type.

Table 80: Error No. 26 Checkpoint Details.

Checklist
Cause Check Defective App.
Check Point Normal Abnormal Parts
Check Inverter PCB appearance Appearance Good Damage
Measure 5V,15V line 5V, 15V Resistance NĹ NĻa
Inverter PCB
IGBTM (Check IGBT) P-U,V,W / N-U,V,W 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal Inverter PCB B1 (Power Off)
Damaged
Inverter Drive Circuit
Diode 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
(Check diode)

Figure 73: Two Compressor Additional Check Procedure (Same Capacity Inverter Only).

Standard Connection. Cross Connections after Operation.

Example: Inverter 1, CH26 If Inverter 2 has CH26 displayed, If Inverter 1 consistently displays
displayed. then Comp. 1 is defective. CH26, then Inverter 1 is defective.

Inv.1 Inv.2 Inv.1

Inv.2 Inv.1 Inv.2
- CH26 - CH26 - CH26
or

Comp.1 Comp.2 Comp.1 Comp.2 Comp.1 Comp.2

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
152
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 29
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Overload operation (piping is clogged,
29 indoor or outdoor unit is blocked, EEV is
Outdoor unit defective, refrigerant is overcharged).
inverter 2. Compressor insulation and / or motor is /
Master: 291 Inverter compressor input current is >30A.
compressor are damaged.
Slave 1: 292 overcurrent error. 3. Input voltage is low.
Slave 2: 293 4. Outdoor unit Inverter PCB assembly is
damaged.

1. Check if piping is clogged or has been damaged.

No
Is the installation correct? 2. Check if outdoor or indoor units are blocked.
3. Check the EEV connector assembly and verify it is operating normally.
Yes 4. Check the refrigerant pressure.
ĺ5HLQVWDOORUIL[LISUREOHPVDUHIRXQG
1. Check the resistance between each compressor terminal.
JQC068MA JQC048MA

Error Codes
Temp. 77°F 167°F Temp. 77°F 167°F
Are the resistance No U-V ȍ ȍ U-V ȍ ȍ
between each phase and the V-W ȍ ȍ V-W ȍ ȍ
inverter compressor insulation W-U ȍ ȍ W-U ȍ ȍ
resistance correct?
JQC068MB / JQC068MBA JQC048MB / JQC048MBA
Temp. 77°F 167°F Temp. 77°F 167°F
U-V ȍ ȍ U-V ȍ ȍ
See the “Checking the V-W ȍ ȍ V-W ȍ ȍ
Inverter Insulated-Gate W-U ȍ ȍ W-U ȍ ȍ
Bipolar Transistor
Module” page in the
“Troubleshooting Main 2. Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe
Components” section. !ȍ0
ĺ5HSODFHFRPSUHVVRULIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
1. Check Inverter compressor PCB assembly, U,V,W connections.
No
Are the compressor wiring 2. Check if the wires have disconnected or were damaged.
connections correct? 3. Check compressor terminal connections for bad contacts.
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes

Check if R~S / S~T / T~R phase voltage is <180V or >253V

No (for 208-230V units), or <414V or >528V (for 460V units).
Is the input voltage normal?
ĺ&KHFNFRQQHFWLRQVDQGZLULQJLISRZHULVQRWFRUUHFW

Yes
Check if Inverter compressor PCB assembly and IPM are correct.
No
Is the compressor PCB ĺ5HSODFH,QYHUWHUFRPSUHVVRU3&%DVVHPEO\LIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
assembly correct?

Yes Always apply heat transfer paste to the new inverter PCB heat sink before
installing. For instructions, see “Replacing the Inverter PCB Heat Sink” page
Recheck power and installation. later in this section.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 153
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 29, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Measure resistance between Measure input voltage.

compressor terminals.
Images here are representative
of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
on model and system type.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Compressor wiring connections.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
154
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error Nos. 32 and 33
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

32 Excessive in- 1. System shutdown happens when discharge
crease in outdoor System / compressor shut off because of a pipe temperature rises >115°C (239°F)
unit inverter for 10 seconds, or compressor dome
Master: 321 high discharge temperature at the outdoor unit
compressor1 temperature equals 105°C (221°F) for 10
Slave 1: 322 gas discharge inverter compressor1.
temperature. seconds.
Slave 2: 323
2. Defective inverter compressor discharge
33 Excessive in- piping temperature sensor.
crease in outdoor System / compressor shut off because of a 3. Refrigerant is leaking or there is under-
unit inverter charge.
Master: 331 high discharge temperature at the outdoor unit
compressor2
Slave 1: 332 gas discharge inverter compressor2. 4. Defective EEV.
Slave 2: 333 temperature. 5. Defective liquid spray valve.

Is the amount of No No
Is there a refrigerant leak Add or subtract the amount
refrigerant approrpriate
or damaged piping? of refrigerant.
for the system?

Error Codes
Yes Yes

Fix the leak and / or damaged

piping and recharge the
refrigerant.

Is the discharge temperature No Replace the discharge

sensor resistance correct* temperature sensor.
* Resistance value of discharge temperature sensor
Yes 50°) Nȍ°F Nȍ°) Nȍ°) Nȍ

Is the outdoor unit EEV

functioning normally while No
system is in heating mode? Replace the outdoor unit
See the Troubleshooting EEV.
Main Compoenents section.

Yes

No Check other system components

Is the piping
and operation conditions.
(strainer, etc.) clogged?
Fix if errors are found.
Yes

Replace strainer, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 155
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 34
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Shutdown due to if one compressor’s high pressure is >4,000 kPa
(580 psi) for ten (10) seconds.
2. Defective high pressure sensor.
3. Defective indoor unit and / or outdoor unit fan.
4. Refrigerant is overcharged.
34 System shut off be-
Outdoor unit cause of an excessive 5. Refrigerant pipe is damaged.
compressor high increase in pressure 6. Defective indoor and / or outdoor unit EEV.
Master: 341
pressure safety at the outdoor unit 7. Outdoor unit is blocked during cooling, or indoor unit filter is
Slave 1: 342 tripped. that occurred ten (10) blocked during heating.
Slave 2: 343 consecutive times. 8. Service valve is clogged.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

9. Defective outdoor unit PCB.

10. Defective indoor unit pipe temperature.
11. Defective indoor unit pipe temperature sensor.
12. Defective hot gas valve.

No
Is the service valve open? Open the service valve.

Yes

Are the communication No Check and repair communication

cable and piping
cable and piping connections.
connections correct?

Yes

Is the amount of No
refrigerant appropriate Add or subtract refrigerant.
to the system?
Yes

Are the fans operating

correctly (indoor fan No Replace fan components (refer to
during heating; outdoor Error Nos. 105~107).
fan during cooling)?

Yes

Are any components Clean indoor unit filter (heating) and /

blocked? Heating: indoor unit No
or outdoor unit heat exchanger
filter; cooling: outdoor unit
(cooling)?
heat exchanger.
Yes

Is the value of the high

No
pressure sensor the same Replace high pressure sensor.
as the manifold value?

Yes

Check indoor unit EEV, indoor

unit PCB, and indoor / outdoor
unit installation.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
156
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 35
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Shut down occurs when the sum of all compressors inverter frequency
<30Hz = low <110 kPa (15.95 psi) for 1 minute.
2. When operating in cooling mode: Low side pressure <400 kPa (58.02
psi) for 1 minute; High side pressure is <2,200 kPa (319.08 psi).
Check for refrigerant leaks (low refrigerant charge), or a defective
indoor unit EEV.
System shut off 3. When operating in heating mode: Low side pressure <230 kPa (33.36
35 psi) for 1 minute; High side pressure is <1,800 kPa (261.07 psi).
Outdoor unit low because of an
Check for refrigerant leaks (low refrigerant charge), or a defective
side pressure excessive decrease
outdoor unit EEV.
Master: 351 transducer senses in pressure at the
pressure below outdoor unit that 4. Defective low pressure sensor.
Slave 1: 352
allowable limits. occurred three con- 5. Defective indoor unit or outdoor unit fan.
Slave 2: 353
secutive times. 6. Refrigerant piping is damaged.
7. The outdoor unit is blocked (dirty coil) in heating, and/or the indoor
unit filter is blocked (plugged) in cooling.
8. Service valve is clogged.
9. Defective outdoor unit PCB.
10. Defective indoor unit pipe temperature sensor.

Error Codes
Is the service
Open the service valve.
valve open?

Yes

No
Are the communication cable / Check and repair communication /
piping installed correctly? piping connections / installation.

Yes

No Has the ppiping been No

Is the refrigerant amount Add or subtract the amount
damaged and / or is there a
appropriate for the system? of refrigerant.
refrigerant leak?

Yes Yes

Fix the leak and / or damaged

piping and recharge the
refrigerant.

Is the fan operating No

correctly (heating: outdoor fan, Check and replace components.
cooling: indoor fan).

Yes

No
Is the strainer clogged* Clean or replace the strainer.

Yes

Is the value of the low

No
pressure sensor the same Replace the low pressure sensor.
as the manifold value?

Yes
* If the temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of the strainer
Check indoor unit EEV, outdoor is so large that frost or ice can be seen, then check for clogs.
unit EEV, indoor unit PCB, and If ice has not fully formed on the strainer, then the clog is located near
indoor / outdoor unit installation.
the outlet, not at the inlet.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 157
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 36
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. During ongoing operation, if the compression ratio is <1.6 for 2 to 5
minutes following a change in position of the reversing valve (either
36 Outdoor unit is direction). If compression ratio is <1.6, delay 5 minutes for condition to
experiencing a correct itself before raising the error.
Outdoor unit problem developing 2. During low ambient cooling operation following an initial compressor
inverter 1 or
Master: 361 compressor lift. start, if compression ratio is <1.1 for 2 minutes, if compression ratio is
inverter 2 low
compression ratio. Error
Slave 1: 362 is calling out <1.3 for 3 minutes.
low compression 3. Check bypass between high and low pressure side: EEV fully open,
Slave 2: 363 ratio (<1.6). poor reversing valve operation, direct connection between low
and high pressure vapor pipe (especially if reverse connection at
Y-branch.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
158
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 40
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

40 Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor
Outdoor unit 1. Input voltage is not correct (T-S).
inverter com- unit inverter compressor current detection
(CT) sensor. 2. Damaged DC power component (DC 5V).
Master: 401 pressor current
transducer (CT) 3. Outdoor unit inverter PCB is damaged (CT
Slave 1: 402 MICOM input voltage is not within 2.5V
sensor error. sensor component).
Slave 2: 403 ±0.3V at initial power up.

1. Check R(L1) / S(L2) / T(L3) wiring connec-

Are the power wiring connec- No tions.
tions correct? 2. Check noise filter wiring connections.
ĺ5HZLUHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
Check if R~S / S~T / T~R phase voltage is
No 208-230V ±10%, or within the 414-528V range
Is the input voltage normal? for 460V.
ĺ&KHFNZLUHVDQGFRQQHFWLRQVLISRZHULVQRW
correct.

Error Codes
Yes

No
Is the inverter compressor PCB
Replace inverter compressor PCB assembly.
assembly correct?

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Measure input voltage. Inverter compressor PCB assembly.

Images here are representative

of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 159
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error Nos. 41 and 47
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

41 (Inverter
Compressor1) 1. Error can also occur if the system is operat-
Master: 411 Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit ing in cooling at extremely low temperatures
compressor discharge temperature sensor.
Slave 1: 412 Outdoor unit with no low ambient kit.
Error occurs within three (3) minutes of oper- 2. Compressor discharge pipe temperature
Slave 2: 413 inverter compres- ation.
sor discharge sensor (TH3) is not installed or connected
47 (Inverter pipe temperature Error also occurs after three (3) minutes of properly.
Compressor2) sensor error. compressor operation when discharge tem- 3. Defective compressor discharge pipe sen-
Master: 471 perature sensor is removed (before compressor (TH3) (opened or shorted).
sor operation).
Slave 1: 472 4. Defective outdoor unit PCB.
Slave 2: 473
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Is the sensor installed No

or connected to the PCB Insert sensor connector to PCB correctly.
correctly?
Yes

No
Is the resistance of
Replace sensor.
the sensor normal?*
Yes
Labels for Outdoor Unit
Sensors: Are the sensor resistance No
and the temperature values (in Replace corresponding outdoor unit PCB.
• Outdoor Temperature Sensor: LGMV) the same?
TH1
• Pipe Temperature Sensor: Yes
• Standard values of sensor resistance at different temperatures (5%
TH2
Replace corresponding sensor. variation): 50°) Nȍ°) Nȍ°) Nȍ°F
• Discharge Pipe (D-pipe) Nȍ
Temperature Sensor: TH3 • 2WKHUWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUUHVLVWDQFHYDOXHV) Nȍ
) Nȍ) Nȍ) Nȍ
(UURULVJHQHUDWHGLIUHVLVWDQFHLV!0ȍRSHQDQGNȍVKRUW ) Nȍ) Nȍ

Images here are representative

of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
on model and system type.

Check the resistance

of the Inverter compressor
discharge temperature
sensor.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
160
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error Nos. 42 and 43
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

42
Outdoor unit low Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit 1. Check the connection on the outdoor unit
Master: 421 pressure sensor low pressure sensor. PCB.
Slave 1: 422 error.
2. Thermistor shorted or opened.
Slave 2: 423 3. Check for 12 V DC between 12 V and GND
43 (red to black) for 5 V DC.
4. Check the Signal to GND (white to black) and
Outdoor unit high use correct chart from Troubleshooting section
Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit
Master: 431 pressure sensor to compare with actual system pressure.
high pressure sensor.
Slave 1: 432 error.
Slave 2: 433

Is the sensor connected No

Connect the sensor to the PCB correctly.
to the PCB correctly?

Yes

Error Codes
No Test for V DC measurements and signal to GND.
Is the sensor operating If sensor measurements fall outside correct
properly? measurements, replace sensor.
Yes

After the outdoor unit main No

PCB is replaced, does the sys- Replace corresponding pressure sensor.
tem operate normally?

Yes

End

Pressure sensor connectors.

Images here are representative

of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
on model and system type.

High pressure sensor.

Low pressure sensor.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 161
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error Nos. 44, 45, 46, 49, 153, and 154
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

44 Outdoor unit
Master: 441 ambient air tem- Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit
Slave 1: 442 perature compressor discharge temperature sensor.
Slave 2: 443 sensor error. 1. Check the connection on the outdoor unit
PCB.
45 Outdoor unit heat 2. Thermistor shorted or opened.
Master: 451 exchanger pipe Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit
Slave 1: 452 temperature heat exchanger temperature sensor.
Slave 2: 453 sensor error.

1. Check the connection on the outdoor unit

46 Outdoor unit PCB.
Master: 471 compressor Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

2. Thermistor shorted or opened.

suction piping
Slave 1: 472 temperature compressor suction piping temperature sensor. 3. Check suction sensor in cooling mode;
Slave 2: 473 sensor error. check hot gas sensor located near the heat
exchanger in heating mode.
49
Outdoor unit IGBT Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit 1. Check the connection on the outdoor unit
Master: 491 PCB.
/ IPM temperature
Slave 1: 492 sensor error. IGBT / IPM temperature sensor.
2. Thermistor shorted or opened.
Slave 2: 493

Is the sensor connected No Connect the sensor to PCB

to the PCB correctly? correctly.

Yes

Is the sensor value No

Replace the sensor.
correct?*

Yes ,IWKHYDOXHLV!NȍRSHQRUȍVKRUWWKHUHLVDQHUURU

Sensor resistance value may vary with the temperature.
See below for the resistance values according to temperature
Replace corresponding
outdoor unit PCB. WROHUDQFH
$LUWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU) Nȍ) Nȍ) Nȍ
3LSHWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU) Nȍ) Nȍ) Nȍ

Error No. Description Details Causes

153 Outdoor unit
Master 11: 531 upper heat ex- Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit
changer 1. Temperature sensor is not connected
Slave 1 12: 532 upper heat exchanger temperature sensor.
temperature properly.
Slave 2 13: 533 sensor error.
2. Temperature sensor is defective (discon-
154 Outdoor unit lower nected or short circuited).
Master 11: 541 heat exchanger Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit 3. Defective outdoor unit main PCB.
Slave 1 12: 542 temperature lower heat exchanger temperature sensor.
Slave 2 13: 543 sensor error.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
162
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 50
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

50 1. Input voltage is not correct R(L1), S(L2),
T(L3).
One or more of R(L1), S(L2), T(L3) input
Outdoor unit loss 2. Power wiring connections may not be correct.
Master: 501 power line connection(s) is / are missing
of phase. 3. Noise filter and / or connection error. Main PCB
Slave 1: 502 for the outdoor unit.
may be damaged.
Slave 2: 503 4. Inverter PCB input current sensor error.

Are the power wiring con- No Check R(L1) / S(L2) / T(L3) wiring connections.
nections correct? ĺ5HZLUHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
Check if R~S / S~T / T~R phase voltage is 208-230V ±10%
No
or in the range of 414-528V for 460V.
Is the input voltage normal?
ĺ&KHFNZLULQJIRUGDPDJHDQGFRQQHFWLRQVLI
power is not correct.
Yes
1. Check if R~S / S~T / T~R phase voltage is 208-230V ±10%
or in the 528V range for 460V.

Error Codes
Is the main PCB No 2. Check main PCB assembly; check wiring for disconnections
assembly correct?
and damage.
Yes ĺ5HDVVHPEOHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Is the noise filter No
operating properly and / or Rewire and / or replace if errors are found.
connections correct?
Yes
No
Inverter PCB LED display
Replace Inverter PCB assembly.
error.

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

* Measure input voltage. * Noise filter wiring. * Sign of a malfunction.

T S R T S R

* R-Phase terminal
changed color.

Images here are representative

of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
on model and system type.
T S R T S R
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 163
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 51(1)
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Total indoor unit capacity is more than
130% outdoor unit rated capacity.
2. Wrong communication cable / piping
connections.
511 3. Control error of slave outdoor unit DIP
Combination ratio Value of total indoor unit capacity exceeds
switches.
is out of range. allowable outdoor unit capacity specifications.
Master: 511 4. Defective slave unit PCB power supply.
5. Defective outdoor unit PCB.
6. Failed Master outdoor unit main PCB can
also cause this error if it could not see the
slave outdoor unit.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Is the total indoor unit Quantity and capacity Check the communication
capacity <130% of the No No
of the installed indoor units cables between indoor and
outdoor unit capacity on match the LGMV data? outdoor units.
the LGMV report?
Yes
Yes
Adjust the capacity of indoor
Check if the DIP and outdoor units.
switches below are set
No
to ON: Reset corresponding DIP switches.
Slave 1: No. 6
Slave 2: No. 7.

Yes

Is the power to the Nso Is the main power

No Supply main
Slave PCB On (see if LED supplied correctly
power again.
is blinking)? (Terminal Block T-N)?

Yes Yes

Check and replace PCB,

line fuse, transformer.

Are communication cables

between master / slave outdoor No
Reconnect cables.
units connected correctly?*

Yes

Are error codes displayed Replace Master or Slave

in the order below after the No
power is reset? (Slave 2ĺ PCB.
Slave 1ĺMaster).
Yes

End

* Check communication cables between outdoor units in the following order:

PCB connections ĺ terminal block ĺ communication cables.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
164
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 51(2) (for Heat Recovery Systems only)
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Heat recovery unit port addresses are all unique, then
total indoor unit capacity is >54,000 Btu/h per each heat
recovery unit branch pipe.
Value of total indoor unit capacity
2. Total indoor units connected to each heat recovery unit
exceeds allowable heat recovery branch pipe is > eight (8).
Total indoor unit unit branch capacity specifica-
capacity exceeds 3. If 2 heat recovery unit port addresses are the same and
512 allowable heat tions. After auto-pipe detection the ports are twinned; >108 Mbh total of multiple indoor
recovery unit is complete, wait 5 minutes, then units are connected.
Master: 512 branch capacity verify connected capacity. 4. If 3 heat recovery unit port addresses are the same and
(Heat Recovery the ports are all connected, >162 Mbh total of multiple
Systems only). Total indoor unit capacity is indoor units connected.
>54,000 Btu/h for each heat 5. If the total connected indoor unit nominal capacity ex-
recovery unit branch pipe. ceeds 192 Mbh for a single heat recovery unit.
6. Wrong transmission cable / piping connections.
7. Outdoor unit and heat recovery unit PCB is defective.

Error Codes

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 165
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 52
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

52 Communication 1. Power wiring or communication cable is
error between disconnected.
Outdoor unit main controller (PCB) cannot
outdoor unit in- 2. Defective outdoor unit main fuse / noise
Master: 521 receive signal from inverter compressor con-
verter compressor filter.
Slave 1: 522 troller (PCB[s]).
PCB(s) and main 3. Defective outdoor unit main / inverter
Slave 2: 523 PCB. PCB(s).

Is the yellow commu-

nication LED for either the No Is the noise filter or Inverter Change the noise filter or
compressor1 or compressor2 PCB(s) line fuse normal? fuse.
PCB on?
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Yes Change the Inverter PCB(s).

Is the communication cable No Reconnect communication

connected properly? cable.

Yes
No
Is the main PCB functioning Replace Main PCB.
normally?

Yes

Replace the PCB on either compressor1

or compressor2.
Checking the Main PCB and Inverter Compressor 1 / Inverter Compressor 2 PCB (If operating normally, the communica-
tion LED will blink)

Fan Board Inverter Compressor Inverter Compressor Main PCB

PCB 1 PCB 2
Images here are representative
of system components. Actual
component appearance depends
on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
166
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 52, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 81: Error No. 52 Checkpoint Details.

Checklist
Cause Check Defective App.
Check Point Normal Abnormal Parts
Check 15V Voltage
Voltage 14.5V~15.5V 9Ļ
Inverter 5V, 15V (Inverter connector) A2
SMPS PCB
Voltage Abnormal Check 5V Voltage (Power ON)
Voltage 4.5V ~ 5.5V 9Ļ
(Inverter connector)
Check Inverter PCB
Appearance Good Damage
Appearance
Inverter PCB Measure 5V,15V line 5V, 15V Resistance NĹ NĻa B1
Inverter PCB
Damaged IGBTM (Check IGBT) P-U,V,W / N-U,V,W 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal (Power Off)
Inverter Drive circuit
Diode 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
(Check diode)
Check Fan PCB
Appearance Good Damage
Appearance
Check Fuse Fuse Short Open
Fan PCB B3
Measure 5V,15V line 5V, 15V Resistance NĹ NĻa Fan PCB
Damaged (Power Off)
IPM (Check IGBT) P-U,V,W / N-U,V,W 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal

Error Codes
Inverter Drive circuit
Diode 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
(Check diode)

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 167
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 53
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Communication cables are not connected
between external PCB and indoor PCB.
2. Communications cables are disconnected
or have short circuited between the main
PCB and external PCB.
53 3. Communication cables are disconnected or
Communication have short circuited between the main PCB
Master: 531 error between and communication PCB.
Outdoor unit main PCB cannot receive the
outdoor unit main
Slave 1: 532 signal from the indoor unit. 4. Communication cables are disconnected or
PCB and indoor
Slave 2: 533 unit(s) PCB. have short circuited (communication cable
connection error.)
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

5. Power to the indoor PCB is off.

6. Defective outdoor unit main PCB, communi-
cation PCB, and / or indoor unit PCB.
7. Outdoor unit main PCB / indoor unit PCB
is defective or damaged.

Is the power supplied to the No

Supply power.
indoor unit PCB?

Yes 1. Check the communication cable between outdoor unit external

PCB and indoor unit PCB. Reconnect communication cable.
2. Check communication cable between cycle and outdoor unit
Is the communication cable No external PCB. Reconnect communication cable.
connected correctly? 3. Check communication cable between cycle and communication
PCB. Reconnect communication cable
4. Check if communication cable connections are properly
installed. If not, replace communication cable.

Yes 1. Is the quantity of indoor units connected correct after the auto
addressing procedure is performed? Check communication
PCB.
Is the quantity of indoor No
units connected the same as 2. Check if the communication PCB LED is blinking. If not, replace
what is displayed in LGMV? communication PCB.
3. If the error is not fixed after the communication PCB is replaced
Yes and the auto addressing procedure is performed, check the
outdoor unit main PCB.

Check communication cable and installation.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
168
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 53, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. 53 indicates there is a communication error between the outdoor unit and indoor unit(s). See LGMV to help determine which indoor
unit or units are not communicating with the outdoor unit.
• Does LGMV display the correct number of indoor units? If LGMV DOES NOT display the correct number of indoor units, find the missing
indoor unit or units and troubleshoot.
• If LGMV DOES displays the correct number of indoor units, but the outdoor unit still shows CH53, check the communication count line on
LGMV. Find the indoor unit that does not have a communication count increase—that indicates the indoor unit which is not communicating.
The indoor unit may have:
1. Wrong communication cable or power wiring connection(s).
2. A PCB malfunction.
3. Duplicate address numbers for indoor units (Error No. 53 will appear at the indoor unit).

External PCB Main PCB

Indoor Unit
Communication PCB

Error Codes
Wiring Error.

• If communication in general is not functioning properly, then the

auto addressing procedure has not been performed yet or has not
been performed properly.
• Auto addressing must be performed after an indoor unit PCB has
been replaced. Also, if a central controller is installed, the central
controller address must be input.
• In addition to the information presented here, see also the trouble- Images here are representative of system components. Actual compo-
shooting procedure for Error No. 05. nent appearance depends on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 169
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 57
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

57 1. Bad connection between main and inverter

Communication PCBs.
error between
Outdoor unit inverter PCB is not receiving 2. Communication wire noise effect.
Master: 571 outdoor unit main
signal from main PCB. 3. The outdoor unit main PCB is damaged.
Slave 1: 572 PCB and inverter
PCB. 4. The outdoor unit inverter PCB is
Slave 2: 573 damaged.

Are the communi- 1. Check communication wiring.

No
cation cable connections 2. Check connections.
correct?
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

ĺ5HZLUHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes

Is the inverter PCB No

Replace Inverter PCB.
assembly correct?

Yes
After resetting the No
power, does the error still Replace main PCB.
display?
Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Fan Board Inverter Compressor Inverter Compressor Main PCB

PCB 1 PCB 2
Communication LED

Communication
LED

Communication Communication
LED LED

Images here are representative of system components. Actual component appearance depends on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
170
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 60
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

60 1. EEPROM contact is defective, or the con-
Outdoor unit tact is not inserted correctly.
inverter PCB
Master: 601 EEPROM access and "Check SUM" errors. 2. Different EEPROM version.
EEPROM
Slave 1: 602 error. 3. Outdoor unit inverter PCB assembly is
Slave 2: 603 damaged.

1. Check EEPROM insertion / connection.

No
Is EEPROM insertion correct? 2. Check EEPROM; check SUM.
ĺ5HSODFHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes

Is the inverter PCB assembly No

correct? Replace inverter PCB assembly.

Error Codes
Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Inverter EEPROM installation. WARNING

Replace EEPROM only after the power is turned off. There
is a risk of electric shock that could cause physical injury
or death.

Images here are representative of system components.

Actual component appearance depends on model and
system type.

Correct Inverter EEPROM installation direction.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 171
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 62
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Inverter PCB IGBT / IPM connection is not
correct.
62 2. Outdoor unit fan motor operation is
High temperature
malfunctioning.
at the outdoor unit
Master: 621 Heatsink temperature is >257°F. 3. Outdoor unit inverter PCB assembly is
inverter PCB heat
Slave 1: 622 defective.
sink.
Slave 2: 623 4. Overload operation (pipe is clogged, fan is
blocked, EEV is defective, overcharge in
refrigerant).

No 1. Check piping for clogs or damage.

MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Is the installation correct?

2. Check if the outdoor unit or indoor unit air flow is blocked.
3. Check EEV connections / assembly / or if the EEV is operating normally.
Yes
4. Check refrigerant pressure
5. Check power wiring to see if it is connected properly or is damaged.
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUVHUYLFHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Is the inverter PCB IPM con- No

Check inverter PCB connections.
nection correct?
ĺ5HFRQQHFWLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
Is the outdoor unit No
Check the outdoor unit fan motor operation and / or if it is locked up.
fan motor operating
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUVHUYLFHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
normally?
Yes
No
Is the inverter PCB
Replace inverter PCB assembly.
assembly correct?

Yes
Recheck power and installation.

Images here are representative of system

components. Actual component appearance
depends on model and system type.

Always apply heat transfer paste to the new

inverter PCB heat sink before installing. For
instructions, see “Replacing the Inverter PCB
Heat Sink” page later in this section.

Check Inverter PCB Connection Installation

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
172
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 65
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

65
1. Defective temperature sensor connection.
Outdoor unit liquid
pipe (condens- 2. Defective temperature sensor (sensor has
Master: 651 er) temperature Abnormal sensor resistance value.
(opened or shorted).
Slave 1: 652 sensor error.
3. Defective outdoor unit PCB.
Slave 2: 653

Are the temperature sensor No

connections correct? Check and connect sensor to PCB.

Yes

Is the value of the No

temperature sensor resistance Replace sensor.
normal?

Error Codes
Yes

Replace outdoor unit PCB.

• ,IWKHYDOXHLV!NȍRSHQRUȍVKRUWWKHUHLVDQHUURU

• Sensor resistance value will vary with the temperature. See below for the resistance values according to temperature (±5% tolerance).
• $LUWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU) Nȍ) Nȍ) Nȍ
• 3LSHWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU) Nȍ) Nȍ) Nȍ

See also Error Code No. 113, Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe (Condenser) Temperature Sensor Error.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 173
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 67
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Fan motor is defective or assembly is not
67 correct.
2. Fan motor connection is wrong (U,V,W
530LV530IRUILYHVHFRQGVZKHQWKH output).
Outdoor unit fan
Master: 671 RXWGRRUXQLWIDQVWDUWVRU530DIWHUIDQ
has locked up. 3. Rotation has reversed after RPM target is
Slave 1: 672 starts.
achieved.
Slave 2: 673 4. Fan PCB assembly is defective.
5. Fan air flow is blocked by heavy snowfall.

Is the outdoor unit fan mo- No Check outdoor unit fan motor assembly.
tor assembly correct? ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUUHSODFHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Yes
1. Check resistance between each phase (U,V,W) of the outdoor unit fan
motor terminal.
Is the outdoor unit fan motor No
Small Frame Large Frame
operating normally?
208V/230V, 460V, 208V/230V, 460V,
Power Supply 60Hz, 60Hz, 60Hz, 60Hz,
Yes 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase
Rating Output 1,500 W 1,200 W 900 W 900 W
Motor Resistance ȍ ȍ ȍ ȍ
at 167°F
2. Check insulation resistance between the outdoor unit fan motor termi-
nals (U,V,W).
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUUHSODFHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Are the outdoor unit No Check wiring between outdoor unit fan motor and fan PCB.
fan motor wiring connections Check if the motor output terminal colors match.
correct? ĺ5HDVVHPEOHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
No
Is the fan PCB assembly
Replace fan PCB assembly.
correct?

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Measure fan motor Fan motor wire

resistance between each connections. If the outdoor unit is covered in thick snow, remove before operating
phase. system.

Images here are representative of system components. Actual compo-

nent appearance depends on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
174
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 71
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

71
Outdoor unit 1. Input voltage is not correct (R-T).
Master: 711 MICOM input voltage isn’t within 2.5V±0.3V at
converter CT 2. Damage to the outdoor unit converter PCB
Slave 1: 712 initial power up.
sensor error. (CT sensor component).
Slave 2: 713

1. Check R / S / T / N wiring connections

Are the power wiring No 2. Check noise filer wiring connections.
connections correct? ĺ5HZLUHLISUREOHPVDUHIRXQG
Yes
1. Check if R-T / T-S / S-T phase voltage is
Is the input voltage No 208-230V ± 10% or in the 414-528V range for
normal? 460V.
2. Check wiring and connections.
Yes
No
Is the converter PCB

Error Codes
Replace converter PCB.
assembly correct?

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Measure Input Voltage. Converter PCB Assembly.

Images here are representative of system
components. Actual component appearance
depends on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 175
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 75
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

75 1. Input voltage is not correct (not 15V).
2. Fan PCB assembly is defective.
Fan CT sensor Offset of MICOM; fan motor phase current is
Master: 751 3. Power wiring has disconnected or has
error. not 2.5V ± 0.3V.
Slave 1: 752 shorted.
Slave 2: 753 4. Inverter PCB assembly is defective.

Is the input voltage No Check 15V input power wiring connections.

normal? ĺ5HZLUHRUUHFRQQHFWLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

No
Is the fan PCB correct? Replace fan PCB.

Yes

No
After power is reset, does the Check if fan PCB IPM is correct.
error still occur? ĺ5HSODFHIDQ3&%LIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Check DC 15V input power on Inverter compressor PCB.

Images here are representative of system components. Actual compo-

nent appearance depends on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
176
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 77
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

77 1. Overload operation.
2. Fan motor is defective.
Outdoor unit fan Outdoor unit fan current is >10A (for 208-230V 3. Fan PCB assembly is defective.
Master: 771
overcurrent error. units) or 5A (for 460V units). 4. Fan motor connector is not inserted
Slave 1: 772
correctly.
Slave 2: 773 5. Condenser has iced up or is blocked.

Check if the outdoor unit fan motor assembly is correct or if it is

No
Is the installation correct? locking up.
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUUHSODFHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
The resistance 1. Check resistance between each motor output terminal.
between each phase No Small Frame Large Frame
and the insulation resistance of 208V/230V, 460V, 208V/230V, 460V,
the motor output terminal Power Supply 60Hz, 60Hz, 60Hz, 60Hz,
correct? 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase
Rating Output 1,500 W 1,200 W 900 W 900 W

Error Codes
Motor Resistance ȍ ȍ ȍ ȍ
at 167°F
2. Check insulation resistance between the outdoor unit fan motor termi-
nal (U,V,W) and piping (over 100M).
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUUHSODFHIDQPRWRULIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes
1. Check if the color of the motor output terminal (U,V,W) connec-
No tions match the PCB connections.
Are the motor wire con-
nections correct? 2. Check if the wiring has disconnected or has been damaged.
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUUHSODFHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
No
Is the fan PCB assembly Check if the fan PCB assembly IPM is correct.
correct? ĺ5HSODFHIDQ3&%DVVHPEO\LIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Measure fan motor phase

resistance. Images here are representative of system components. Actual compo-
nent appearance depends on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 177
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 79
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

79 1. Fan motor is defective or the assembly is
not correct.
Outdoor unit fan Outdoor unit fan motor is experiencing first
Master: 791 2. Fan motor has disconnected (U,V,W out-
operation error. position sensor failure.
Slave 1: 792 put).
Slave 2: 793 3. Fan PCB is defective.

Check if the outdoor unit fan motor assembly is

Is the fan motor assembly No
correct or if it is locking up.
correct?
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUUHSODFHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

1. Check the resistance between each motor output terminal.

The resistance between Small Frame Large Frame
each phase, and the insulation No 208V/230V, 460V, 208V/230V, 460V,
resistance of the motor output Power Supply 60Hz, 60Hz, 60Hz, 60Hz,
terminal correct? 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase
Rating Output 1,500 W 1,200 W 900 W 900 W
Motor Resistance ȍ ȍ ȍ ȍ
at 167°F
2. Check insulation resistance between the outdoor unit fan motor termi-
nals (U,V,W) and the pipe (>100M).
ĺ5HSODFHIDQPRWRULIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
1. Check if the color of the motor output terminal
No (U,V,W) connections match the PCB connections.
Are the fan motor connections
correct? 2. Check for wiring damage, or if the wiring has discon-
nected.
Yes ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUUHSODFHLISUREOHPVDUHIRXQG

No
Is the fan PCB assembly Check if the fan PCB assembly IPM is correct.
correct? ĺ5HSODFHIDQ3&%DVVHPEO\LIHUURUVDUH
found.
Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
178
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 79, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Measure fan motor Measure insulation resistance

phase resistance. between fan terminal and chassis. Images here are representative of system com-
ponents. Actual component appearance depends
on model and system type.

Check connections.

Error Codes

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 179
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 86
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

86
Outdoor unit main
1. No EEPROM.
Master: 861 PCB onboard EEPROM access error.
2. EEPROM is not inserted properly.
Slave 1: 862 EEPROM error.
Slave 2: 863

Is the EEPROM No
Reset after checking the EEPROM assembly.
assembled correctly?

Yes
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

No
Is the check sum correct? Replace with correct EEPROM.

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Inserting the EEPROM. WARNING

Replace EEPROM only after the power is turned
off. There is a risk of electric shock that could
cause physical injury or death.

EEPROM
Images here are representative of system compo-
nents. Actual component appearance depends on
model and system type.

Both the socket opening and the EEPROM

opening must be in the same direction.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
180
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 87
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

87 1. EEPROM has a bad connection or was
inserted incorrectly.
Outdoor unit fan Error occurs when checking the EEPROM
2. Version of EEPROM is different.
Master: 871 PCB EEPROM check sum when at initial operating after power
error. is supplied. 3. Outdoor unit fan PCB assembly may have
Slave 1: 872
been damaged after power was turned
Slave 2: 873 on.

Is the EEPROM inserted No

1. Check EEPROM connection.
correctly?
2. Check EEPROM check sum.
ĺ5HSODFH((3520LIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes

No
Is the fan PCB assembly
Replace fan PCB assembly.
correct?

Error Codes
Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Check IC02L WARNING

Replace EEPROM only after the power is turned
off. There is a risk of electric shock that could
cause physical injury or death.

Images here are representative of system compo-

nents. Actual component appearance depends on
model and system type.

Direction of inserting the Inverter EEPROM.

Both the socket opening and the EEPROM

opening must be in the same direction.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 181
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 104
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

104
Communication
1. Power wiring / communication cable
error between Master unit displays outdoor unit number that
connections are loose. (Connections have
Master: 1041 master outdoor has not been transmitting; slave unit displays
disconnected or have shorted out).
Slave 1: 1042 unit and slave its own error number.
2. Outdoor unit main PCB is defective.
outdoor units.
Slave 2: 1043

Is the communication No
Connect communication cable.
cable installed correctly?
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Yes

Is (are) the slave No

outdoor unit(s) DIP switch Check the DIP switch settings and change if
setting(s) correct? necessary.

Yes

No
Is the main PCB power on? Connect power wiring.

Yes

Replace main PCB.

Check if shielded wiring is No 1. Push the reset button (a communication error

used. may have occurred).
2. If the main cause is noise, change to a shield-
Yes ed communication wire.

No
Check if GND wire is connect- Connect GND wire with chassis. (If not connect-
ed to the chassis. ed, a communication error may have occurred.)

Yes

Confirm whether wiring No

A and B are connected prop- Connect A and B properly. (When connecting
erly. the communication lines for the outdoor unit(s),
do not mix communication line A with B.)

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
182
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 104, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Figure 74: Error No. 104 Improper Connections.

Master Slave

SODU SODU
B A
SODU SODU
B A

SODU Comm. A
NG
SODU Comm. B
Table 82: Error No. 104 Improper Connections Checkpoint Details.
Checklist
Cause Check Defective App.
Check Point Normal Abnormal Parts

Error Codes
Push the reset button (If the cause in
noise, communication will fail Wire Wire /
Shield wire Non-shielded wire
External Noise intermittently. External Noise
Wrong Connection Check if shielded wire is used or not. B4
0DVWHU2'8ļ Check connection of GND wire from Connected Non connected (Power Off)
Wire -
Slave ODU) chassis from chassis from chassis
Check whether wiring A and B is incorrect. ODU A,B Cross connect A
A-A, B-B -
0DVWHU2'8ļ6ODYH2'8 Terminal Block with B
A4
SMPS PCB Check 5V Voltage (Comm. 5V) Voltage 4.5V ~ 5.5V 9Ļ SMPS PCB
(Power On)
Damaged
Check Resistance of Communication IC Resistance NĹ NĻa Main PCB
B4
External PCB Check whether patterns in external PCB
Resistance Ļ Open External PCB (Power Off)
Damaged are connected
Figure 75: Checking Error No. CH104 from Main PCB (Communication IC) In Case of Power Off. Figure 76: Multi-Meter (Note the
Probe Color).

Red

+%%

Black

Table 83: Error No. 104 Main PCB (Communication IC) Checkpoint Details.
Multi-Meter Measured Value
Check Mode
Black Red Normal Abnormal
IC07C ȍ IC07C GND (pin 5) IC07C Vcc (pin 8) NĹ Not Normal

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 183
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 104, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Figure 77: Checking Error No. CH104 from External PCB. Table 84: Error No. 104 External PCB Checkpoint Details.
Multi-Meter Measured Value
Check Mode
Black Red Normal Abnormal
Pin 1 – SODU B
SODU B
(White Connector) Open
PCB ȍ Ļ
Pin 2 – SODU A (Not Normal)
SODU A
(White Connector)
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

51&7 51&77 +&7 +&7 %'0 %'0 &4; &4; )0& 8
$ # $ # $ #

Figure 78: Checking Error No. CH104 from Harness.

Test all pins on both sides to see if

short. (Normally short.)

A 10 pin harness for connecting Main PCB with External PCB.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
184
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 105
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Inverter compressor PCB and fan PCB
connection is not correct.
105 2. Fan PCB power is not supplied.
Communication Fan PCB did not receive signal from inverter 3. Outdoor unit inverter compressor PCB and /
error between fan compressor PCB.
Master: 1051 or fan PCB is / are defective.
PCB to inverter
Slave 1: 1052 compressor PCB. 4. Power supply PCB is not functioning prop-
Slave 2: 1053 erly: power to the inverter 1 and inverter 2
terminals on the main PCB is below 13.5 V
DC.

Is the fan PCB commu- No Check communication cable between inverter compressor PCB and fan PCB.
nication LED (yellow) blinking
ĺ5HFRQQHFWRUUHSODFHZLULQJLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
normally?

Yes

Is the inverter No
compressor PCB Check communication cable between inverter compressor PCB and fan PCB.

Error Codes
communication LED (yellow) ĺ5HFRQQHFWRUUHSODFHZLULQJLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
blinking normally?

Yes

Is the power to the No Check power supply to the inverter 1 and inverter 2 terminals on the main
inverter 1 and / or inverter PCB cable between inverter compressor PCB and fan PCB.
2 terminals on the main PCB
below 13.5 V DC? ĺ5HFRQQHFWRUUHSODFHZLULQJHWFLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes

Is the fan PCB assembly No No

Check fan PCB
correct? assembly.
Yes
Yes
Recheck power and installation.
Replace inverter PCB assembly.
Inverter Compressor PCB Fan PCB Communication
Connection

Communication Connection

Images here are representative of system components. Actual component appearance depends on model and system type.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 185
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 105, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 85: Error No. 105 Checkpoint Details.

Checklist
Cause Check Defective App.
Check Point Normal Abnormal Parts
Check Fan PCB
Appearance Good Damage
Appearance
Check Fuse Fuse Short Open
Fan PCB B3
Measure 5V,15V line 5V, 15V Resistance NĹ NĻa Fan PCB
Damaged (Power Off)
IPM (Check IGBT) P-U,V,W / N-U,V,W 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
Inverter Drive circuit
Diode 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
(Check diode)
Check Inverter PCB
Appearance Good Damage
Appearance
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Measure 5V,15V line 5V, 15V Resistance NĹ NĻa

Inverter PCB B1
Inverter PCB
Damaged (Power Off)
IGBTM (Check IGBT) P-U,V,W / N-U,V,W 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
Inverter Drive circuit
Diode 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
(Check diode)

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
186
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 106
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Overload operation (piping is clogged, fan is blocked, EEV is defec-
106 tive, refrigerant was overcharged).
Outdoor unit fan
2. Outdoor unit fan motor assembly is not correct (coil is disconnected or
Outdoor unit fan IPM overcurrent
Master: 1061 has shorted out, insulation has been damaged).
PCB IPM error. protection circuit was
Slave 1: 1062 3. Defective fan PCB assembly.
activated.
Slave 2: 1063 4. Power supply PCB is not functioning properly: power to the inverter 1
and inverter 2 terminals on the main PCB is below 13.5 V DC.

Is the fan motor No Check the outdoor unit fan motor assembly (is it locking up).
assembly correct? ĺ5HDVVHPEOHRUUHSODFHLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes

1. Check fan motor U,V,W connections.

No ĺ5HDVVHPEOHZLULQJLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Are the fan motor wiring
connections correct? 2. Check if fan motor wiring has disconnected.
ĺ5HSODFHRXWGRRUXQLWIDQPRWRULIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Error Codes
Yes
Is the power to the No Check power supply to the inverter 1 and inverter 2 terminals on the main PCB
inverter 1 and / or inverter cable between inverter compressor PCB and fan PCB.
2 terminals on the main PCB
below 13.5 V DC? ĺ5HFRQQHFWRUUHSODFHZLULQJHWFLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG

Yes
1. Check fan PCB connections.
No
Are the fan PCB assembly ĺ5HDVVHPEOHZLULQJLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
connections normal? 2. Check assembly between fan PCB and heatsink.
ĺ5HDVVHPEOHKHDWVLQNLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
No
Is the fan PCB assembly
correct? Replace fan PCB assembly.

Yes
Recheck power and installation.

Fan motor wire connections.

Images here are representative of system components. Actual component appearance depends on
model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 187
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 106, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Table 86: Error No. 106 Checkpoint Details.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
188
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 107
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

• Fan PCB DC link voltage supplied is <140V 1. Wiring is not installed correctly between the
(208-230V units) or <380V (460V units). inverter PCB and the fan PCB.
107 • Outdoor unit fan DC link voltage is <50V for 2. Fan PCB assembly is defective.
a minimum of 250μs (for both 208-230V and 3. Reactor terminal contact is defective.
Outdoor unit
460V units). 4. DC link terminal wiring and / or contact is
Master: 1071 fan DC link low
• A capacitor that is serving the ODU fan defective / disconnected.
Slave 1: 1072 voltage error.
inverter is not working properly, or the voltage 5. Diode bridge is defective.
Slave 2: 1073 at the capacitor is out of range (low). Start di- 6. Damaged electrical condenser compo-
agnosis at the inverter socket on the outdoor nent (serving capacitor) on inverter driver
unit noise filter PCB. board.

Is the wiring between

Check DC link and DC link wire connections.
the fan motor and PCB
correct? ĺ5HSODFHZLULQJLIHUURUVDUHIRXQG
Yes
No
Is the DC link voltage Measure DC link voltage.
correct? ĺ&KHFN,QYHUWHU3&%LIYROWDJHLV9

Error Codes
Yes 230V units) or <380V (460V units).
No
Is the fan PCB assembly
Replace fan PCB assembly.
correct?

Yes
DC voltage connection.
Recheck power and installation.

Images here are representative of system components. Actual component appearance

depends on model and system type. DC voltage connected.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 189
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error Nos. 113, 114, and 115
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

113
Outdoor unit liquid
Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit
pipe (condenser)
Master: 1131 liquid pipe (condenser) temperature sensor
temperature
Slave 1: 1132 (sensor value is abnormal).
sensor error.
Slave 2: 1133
114
Outdoor unit 1. Defective temperature sensor connection.
Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit
subcooling inlet 2. Temperature sensor has opened or short-
Master: 1141 subcooling inlet temperature sensor (sensor
temperature ed.
Slave 1: 1142 value is abnormal).
sensor error. 3. Defective outdoor unit PCB.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Slave 2: 1143
115
Outdoor unit
Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit
subcooling outlet
Master: 1151 subcooling outlet temperature sensor (sensor
temperature
Slave 1: 1152 value is abnormal).
sensor error.
Slave 2: 1153

Are the temperature sensor No Check and fix the connections.

connections correct?

Yes

No
Is the temperature sensor
Replace sensor.
resistance value normal?

Yes

Replace outdoor unit PCB.

• ,IWKHYDOXHLV!NȍRSHQRUȍVKRUWWKHUHLVDQHUURU

See also Error Code No. 65: Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe (Condenser) Temperature Sensor Error.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
190
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 145
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

145
Communication
1. Power wiring and / or communication cables
error between
Cycle controller of outdoor unit PCB is not is / are not connected.
Master: 1451 outdoor unit main
receiving signal from the external PCB. 2. Outdoor cycle controller / external PCB is /
Slave 1: 1452 PCB and external
are defective.
PCB.
Slave 2: 1453

Is the yellow communica- No

tion LED of the external PCB Re-connect power wiring.
on?

Yes

No
Is the communication cable
connected correctly? Re-connect communication cable.

Yes

Error Codes
No
Is the main PCB function-
Replace main PCB.
ing normally?

Yes

Replace external PCB.

If the signal between the main PCB and the external PCB is normal, the communication LED on the external PCB blinks.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 191
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 150
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

After at least 10 minutes of
Code indicates that based on current superheat measurements, compressor operation, the master
there is a high possibility of liquid refrigerant flooding back and outdoor unit microprocessor will
damaging the compressor.
calculate the system’s compressor
'LVFKDUJHVXSHUKHDWLV)OLTXLGE\SDVVIRUPLQXWHV superheat. If at any time during
Code can only occur when the outdoor is operating in cooling mode compressor operation where all
(all indoor units must be in cooling mode; error cannot occur during indoor units in thermal on are in
150 simultaneous operation). cooling mode and the compressor
Outdoor unit superheat falls <4.8°F (<3ºC) for
The first time superheat falls <4.8ºF (<3ºC) for 5 minutes, the sys-
compressor PLQXWHVWKHUHLVDKLJKSURED-
tem will shut down and CH150 is displayed on all indoor unit zone
Master: 1501 discharge bility that liquid could flood back to
sensors and central control devices. After the initial occurrence, the
Slave 1: 1502 superheat not
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

outdoor unit cycles off and will auto-restart. the inlet of the compressor scroll,
satisfied. resulting in compressor damage.
Slave 2: 1503 Following the initial restart, and after 10 minutes of operation to al-
low the system time to stabilize, if the superheat again falls <4.8°F 1. Indoor unit EEV has disconnect-
(<3ºC) for 5 minutes, the system will shut down and auto restart for ed or short circuited.
a second time. 2. Defective compressor EEV
If error occurs 3 times within any 1 hour period of compressor oper- (large refrigerant leak has
ation, the error code will be assigned a Level 3, and the system will occurred).
shut down and remain off. A manual restart will be necessary. 3. Defective liquid piping and / or
vapor piping connections.

Is there an indoor unit No No Check liquid and vapor piping

The compressor EEV or circuit
that is leaking a large amount of connections.
leaking?
refrigerant?*

Yes Yes

Replace the compressor EEV

or EEV assembly.

No
Is the EEV coil assembly Re-assemble or replace the
correct? EEV coil.

Yes

No
Are the EEV connections
Connect EEV connections.
correct?

Yes

Replace EEV assembly.

*Excessive refrigerant leak: Both the piping inlet and outlet temperatures are <50°F when the indoor unit is off (EEV 40 pulses). Also, a loud
refrigerant flow noise was heard.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
192
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 151
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

151 1. Problem with four-way valve operation
The difference because of sludge, inflow, etc.
Not enough pressure difference between high
Master: 1511 between the high 2. No pressure difference because of
and low. Function error of outdoor unit four-
and low pressure compressor error.
Slave 1: 1512 way reversing valve.
is too low. 3. Defective four-way valve (resistance is not
Slave 2: 1513 ȍ

Is the four-way valve con- No

nected properly? Reconnect the four-way valve.

Yes

Is the four-way No
valve coil resistance normal Change the four-way valve coil.
ȍ"
Yes

Is the four-way valve No

Error Codes
coil connected to the four-way Re-insert four-way valve coil.
valve correctly?

Yes

If there are more than No

two outdoor units, does the
See Error No. 51.
master outdoor unit recognize
all the slave units?

Yes

After power is reset

No
and heating mode begins,
Replace outdoor unit PCB.
can supply voltage be verified
at the PCB?
Yes

After the mode is

change from cooling to No
heating or vice versa, does the Replace the four-way valve.
same error occur again?

Yes

Is the compressor operat- No

Check and replace compressor (magnet switch,
ing normally? corresponding PCB, see electric components).
Yes
To get the valve to switch, close the outdoor unit hot gas service valve,
Replace 4 way valve. then put the system in heat mode, and if pressure builds, slowly open
the hot gas valve.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 193
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 151, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Location of the four-way valve connector on

Measure the four-way valve resistance.
the Main PCB (marked as “4way, CN09”).
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Confirm the four-way valve coil is completely inserted. Check the output voltage of the terminal socket
during heating operation (output should be 230 V AC).

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
194
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 151, continued.
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

• 3RZHULVVXSSOLHGWRWKHRXWGRRUXQLWVDVIROORZV6ODYHĺ6ODYHĺ0DVWHU
• Outdoor unit information is displayed in sequence at the main PCB SSD. See tables at below for code definitions.

Table 87: 'LVSOD\&RGH'H¿QLWLRQV²2XWGRRU8QLW1RPLQDO&DSDFLW\ Table 88: 'LVSOD\&RGH'H¿QLWLRQV²9ROWDJH

Display Outdoor Unit Code 22 46
8 10 12 14 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 34 36 38 40 42
Code Electrical Requirements 208-230V / 60Hz / 3Ø 460V / 60Hz / 3Ø
Nominal 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
Mb/h

Table 89: 6HJPHQW'LVSOD\6HTXHQFH7ZR>@VHFRQGVSHUVHJPHQWIROORZLQJDIRUW\¿YH>@VHFRQGZDLW

Sequence Description Code(s)
1 Master Outdoor Unit Nominal Capacity 8 - 14*
2 Slave1 Outdoor Unit Nominal Capacity 8 - 24*
3 Slave2 Outdoor Unit Nominal Capacity 8 - ~*
4 Total Nominal Capacity of System 8-~*
Heat Pump 2
5 Unit Type
Heat Recovery 3
208-230V / 60Hz / 3Ø 22
6 Unit Voltage
460V / 60Hz / 3Ø 46
7 Efficiency Level 1 or 2

Error Codes
Checking the Pressure Imbalance for a Three Outdoor Unit System (Master + Slave 1 + Slave 2)
1. Close all the service valves to the high pressure and low pressure piping.
2. Operate system.
3. View the difference between the high pressure and low pressure with LGMV for each outdoor unit (Master, Slave 1, Slave 2).
4. If there is an outdoor unit in which the difference between high pressure and low pressure did not increase, then the four-way valve of that
outdoor unit is defective and must be replaced.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 195
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 182
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

182 Communication
error between
outdoor unit main Outdoor unit main and sub MICOM Failure to receive signal between main and sub
Master:1821
and sub MICOMs communication failure. MICOMs.
Slave 1: 1822 of the external
Slave 2: 1823 PCBs.

Is the yellow communication

LED between the main and sub
MICOMs blinking?
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Press the reset button.

No
No
Replay on-boarding. Replace outdoor unit external PCB.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
196
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 187
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Inlet water temperature is <5°C (41°F). Raise error code – Level 3
response.
2. Water outlet temperature sensor is disconnected or shorted. Values
UHDGOHVVWKDQ&RUJUHDWHUWKDQ&OHVVWKDQ)RU
187 JUHDWHUWKDQ)
Hydro kit P, HEX
3. Prevents HEX from bursting (from freezing) when operating. Does
error (P equals
Master: 1871 Hydro kit error. not protect HEX if the glycol is inadequate, nor if the hydro kit is off
prevents from
Slave 1: 1872 and not operating.
freezing).
Slave 2: 1873 4. Outdoor unit compressor ramps up, and hydro kit operates. One
(1) minute later, pipe temperature at mid-temperature hot water
supply (inlet or outlet water) is <0°C (32°F), and mid-temperature
KRWZDWHUVXSSO\LQOHWRURXWOHWZDWHULV&)IRUWHQ
seconds.

Error Codes

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 197
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 193
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Fan PCB IPM connection is not correct.
193 2. Outdoor unit fan motor is not operating
Excessive incorrectly.
crease in outdoor System has shut off because outdoor unit fan 3. Outdoor unit fan PCB assembly is
Master: 1931
unit fan PCB heat PCB heat sink temperature is >194°F. defective.
Slave 1: 1932 sink temperature. 4. Overload operation (piping is clogged, fan
Slave 2: 1933 is blocked, EEV is defective, overcharge in
refrigerant).

1. Check if any pipes are clogged or damaged.

2. Check if the outdoor or indoor unit fans are blocked.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Has the system been No 3. Check EEV assembly; if it is connected or is operating

installed correctly? normally.
4. Check refrigerant pressure.
Yes
5. Check power wiring connections. Reconnect or rewire if
problems are found.
No
Is the fan PCB IPM Check fan PCB connection. Reconnect or rewire if errors
connected correctly? are found.

Yes

Is the outdoor No
unit fan motor operating Check the outdoor unit fan motor operation, or if
normally? the fan has locked up. Fix if errors are found.

Yes

No
Is the fan PCB assembly
Replace fan PCB assembly.
correct?

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Images here are representative of system components. Actual component appearance

depends on model and system type.

Check fan connection installation.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
198
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 194
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

194
Outdoor unit fan 1. Check sensor connection.
Disconnection or short circuit of outdoor unit
Master: 1941 heatsink tempera- 2. Sensor is shorted or open.
fan heatsink temperature sensor.
Slave 1: 1942 ture sensor error. 3. Defective outdoor unit PCB.
Slave 2: 1943

Are the temperature sensor No

Check and fix connections.
connections correct?

Yes

No
Is the temperature sensor
Replace sensor.
resistance value normal?

Error Codes
Yes

Replace outdoor unit PCB.

• ,IWKHYDOXHLV!NȍRSHQRUȍVKRUWWKHUHLVDQHUURU

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 199
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

After auto-pipe detection is complete, wait 5 minutes, then
verify connected capacity. System will display error if:
• The heat recovery unit port addresses are all unique,
then >54 Mbh single indoor unit connected; >54 Mbh total
of multiple indoor units connected.
• If 2 heat recovery unit port addresses are the same and
Total capacity of indoor unit(s) the ports are twinned; >108 Mbh total of multiple indoor
Capacity of indoor connected to each heat recovery units are connected.
&1RRI units connected to unit port exceeds allowable limits. • If 3 heat recovery unit port addresses are the same and
the heat recovery
Heat Recovery Unit unit exceeds Error code displays on the outdoor the ports are all connected, >162 Mbh total of multiple
allowable limits. unit SSD, the heat recovery unit indoor units connected.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

SSD, or in LGMV. • If the total connected indoor unit nominal capacity ex-
ceeds 192 Mbh for a single heat recovery unit.
1. Communication cable or piping is not connected prop-
erly.
2. Heat recovery PCB DIP switch is not set correctly.
3. The indoor unit connected on the heat recovery unit port
exceeds the allowable capacity limit.

(UURU&RGH&1RRI+HDW5HFRYHU\8QLWLVGLVSOD\HGGLIIHUHQWO\GHSHQGLQJRQZKLFKGHYLFHLWLVYLHZHGIURP
1. If viewed from the master outdoor units SSD: The display shows “51c” where “c” is the heat recovery unit count number of the overcon-
nected device assigned by auto-pipe detect.

2. If viewed from the heat recovery unit PCB board display that is overconnected: The display will show “CH51”.

3. If viewed from an heat recovery unit that is not overconnected: The display will show nothing.

4. If viewed from any indoor unit zone controller: Nothing will be displayed.

5. If viewed from LGMV maintenance software on a PC: The screen will show CH51h where “h” is the heat exchanger address of the over-
connected heat recovery unit.

1. Check if the communication cable and piping between the heat recovery unit(s) and the indoor unit(s) installed correctly.
2. Check if the DIP switches are set correctly for each connection condition between the heat recovery unit(s) and the indoor unit(s).
3. ,IWKHLQGRRUXQLWFRQQHFWHGWRWKHKHDWUHFRYHU\XQLW,6LQDJURXSFRQWURODSSOLFDWLRQFKHFNLIWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJFDSDFLW\LVN%WX
4. ,IWKHLQGRRUXQLWFRQQHFWHGWRWKHKHDWUHFRYHU\XQLW,6127LQDJURXSFRQWURODSSOLFDWLRQFKHFNLIWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJFDSDFLW\LV
kBtu (including zoning control).
5. If the error occurs again even after following Steps 1 through 4 above, replace the corresponding heat recovery unit PCB.
6. When Steps 1 through 4 (or Steps 1 through 5 if the heat recovery unit PCB needs to be replaced) are completed successfully, perform
the auto addressing and piping detection procedures.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
200
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 2001
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.
Error No. 51 C

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Power wiring or the communications cable
to the heat recovery unit is defective.
2. After auto addressing, indoor unit has the
After auto operation, the number of the indoor
Auto pipe search wrong address (defective indoor unit PCB
units detected is different from the number of
2001 failure. and / or power wiring / communications
communicating indoor units.
cable).
3. Heat recovery unit rotary or DIP switch
setting(s) is (are) wrong.
4. Heat recovery unit PCB is defective.
1. See if the green communication LED of the heat recovery unit is blinking.
2. If the green communication LED of the heat recovery unit is consistently blinking:
• Check the input power of the heat recovery unit.
• 5HVHWSRZHUWRWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDQGKHDWUHFRYHU\XQLWZDLWIRUWKLUW\PLQXWHVVRWKHSLSLQJWHPSHUDWXUHZLOOFRROGRZQDQGWKHQ
perform the auto addressing procedure.
• While the power to the heat recovery unit is on, check if error code “CH05” is displayed (see troubleshooting instructions for Error No.
CH05).
3. If the green communication LED of the heat recovery unit is still consistently blinking, check the rotary switch and DIP switch settings.

Error Codes
5HVHWSRZHUWRWKHRXWGRRUXQLWDQGKHDWUHFRYHU\XQLWZDLWIRUWKLUW\PLQXWHVVRWKHSLSLQJWHPSHUDWXUHZLOOFRROGRZQDQGWKHQ
perform the auto addressing procedure.
4. If the number of indoor units is different than what is actually installed and what number is displayed after the auto addressing procedure
LVILQLVKHGFKHFNWKHSLSLQJLQVWDOODWLRQ2XWGRRUXQLWļ+HDW5HFRYHU\XQLWļ,QGRRUXQLW
5. If an indoor unit has not been connected to the first port (No. 1 Valve) of the heat recovery unit, set the heat recovery unit piping
manually.

'XULQJLQLWLDOV\VWHPFRPPLVVLRQLQJRUUHFRPPLVVLRQLQJ(UURU1R&+3LSH'HWHFWLRQ(UURU±IDLOXUHWR¿QGLQGRRUXQLW´E\GHIDXOWFDOOVIRU

DQLPPHGLDWHVKXWGRZQZLWKRXW¿UVWSHUIRUPLQJDQ\DXWRUHVWDUWDWWHPSWV)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQRQ&+VHHDOVR6HUYLFH)XQFWLRQ6(LQWKH
Outdoor Unit Functions section.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 201
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error Nos. 201C, 202C, 203C
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

Heat recovery unit
&1RRI liquid piping tem-
Heat Recovery Unit perature sensor
error.
Heat recovery unit 1. Defective temperature sensor connection.
&1RRI subcooling inlet
Abnormal sensor value (sensor has 2. Defective temperature sensor (sensor has
Heat Recovery Unit piping tempera-
disconnected or has shorted out). disconnected or has shorted out).
ture sensor error.
3. Defective outdoor unit PCB.
Heat recovery
unit subcooling
&1RRI
discharge piping
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Heat Recovery Unit

temperature
sensor error.

1. Check the connections of the temperature sensor and the lead cable.
2. ,VWKHYDOXHRIWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUQRUPDO",IQRWUHSODFHVHQVRUSLSLQJWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU) Nȍ) Nȍ
) Nȍ
3. If the sensor connection and values are correct, replace the outdoor unit PCB.

Heat Recovery HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR HR
Unit No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 No. 13 No. 14 No. 15 No. 16
Error C01 C02 C03 C04 C05 C06 C07 C08 C09 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16
Displayed

Example of Heat Recovery R unit Error

• +HDW5HFRYHU\8QLW6XEFRROLQJ,QOHW3LSLQJ7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU(UURUĺ&5HSHDWHG
• C = Heat Recovery Unit
• +HDW5HFRYHU\8QLW1XPEHU

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
202
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 204 C
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Heat recovery unit power wiring and / or communi-
Communication cation cable connections are defective.
Outdoor unit does not receive signal 2. Heat recovery unit rotary or DIP switch setting(s) is
&1RRI error between out- from heat recovery unit.
(are) wrong.
Heat Recovery Unit door unit and heat 3. Defective heat recovery unit communications PCB
recovery unit. (sub PCB).
4. Defective heat recovery unit main PCB.
1. If Error No. 59 is displayed on the heat recovery unit, and Error No. 204 is displayed on the outdoor unit, these indicate that the outdoor
unit software has NOT been upgraded to support heat recovery unit 3A models. Contact your LG representative for information.
2. Check power wiring and communication cable connections. Check if the green communication LED on the heat recovery unit PCB is
blinking.
3. If the green communication LED is blinking normally, check the rotary and DIP switch settings on the heat recovery unit (See Error No.
200). Reset the power to the outdoor and heat recovery units. (If there is a heat recovery unit communication error, it can’t be released
until the power to the outdoor unit is reset.)
4. If the green communication LED of the heat recovery unit PCB is not blinking (on continuously), check if the communication of the total
indoor units is normal (See Error No. 05). If the green communication LED of the heat recovery unit PCB is not blinking (on continuously),
and even if communication to the indoor unit is functioning, replace the heat recovery unit PCB.

Error Codes
DANGER
• High voltage electricity is required to operate this system. Adhere to the NEC code and these instructions when wiring. Improper connec-
tions and inadequate grounding can cause accidental injury or death.
• Turn the power off before servicing the equipment. Electrical shock can cause physical injury or death.
• Do not operate the disconnect switch with wet hands. There is risk of fire, electric shock, physical injury or death.
WARNING
• Disconnects must only be performed by a properly licensed electrician. Incorrect wiring could cause the disconnect to explode, leading to
physical injury or death.
• Do not operate the unit with the panel(s) or protective cover(s) removed. The hot, cold, and high-voltage parts of the unit can cause
physical injury or death.
• Do not touch the refrigerant piping during or after operation. It can cause burns or frostbite.

• If the power wiring and communication cables on the heat recovery unit(s) and indoor unit(s) are not properly connected (connections
switched), the communication components will burn out.
• Do not supply power to the unit until all electrical wiring and controls wiring are completed.
Heat Recovery Unit PCB
No. 4 Valve Housing
Images here are representative of system components.
Actual component appearance depends on model and
No. 1 Valve Housing
system type.

SSD

SW05M

SW01M
SW02M
SW01M / SW03M / SW04M
DIP switch for setting up
Switches for manual valve
Heat Recovery Unit functions.
addressing.

SW03M SW04M

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 203
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 205 C
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. Communication problem occurred between
the heat recovery unit PCB and the connec-
Communication error occurred between the tion to the communications bus (the heat
heat recovery unit and the 485 modem (2A
Communication Series Heat Recovery Units). recovery unit 485 modem).
error between 2. Error displays if the outdoor unit signal is
The 2A Series heat recovery unit applies only
&1RRI heat recovery to heat recovery systems communicating at a
not received for three (3) minutes. The error
unit and the 485 clears after the signal is received from the
Heat Recovery Unit modem (2A Series baud rate of 9,600 bps.
Heat Recovery modem. (2A Series Heat Recovery Units.)
The 485 modem is the communications style on
Units). 3. Incorrect wiring between the heat recovery
the bus that is 1e outdoor unit to many indoor
unit and the 485 modem.
units.
4. The 485 PCB modem is defective.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

5. The heat recovery unit PCB is defective.

1. Check the communication cable connection between the heat recovery unit (2A Series) and the 485 modem. Check if the red LED is on.
2. If the red LED on the 485 modem is on, reset the outdoor unit and the power of the heat recovery unit.
3. If the red LED on the 485 modem is flashing, replace the 485 modem.
4. If the red LED on the 485 modem still flashes even after it is replaced, replace the heat recovery unit PCB.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
204
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 206 C
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

1. A heat recovery unit address is duplicated
for 485 communication.
The heat recovery unit address is duplicated for 2. There are two heat recovery units with
485 communication (2A Series Heat Recovery one or more HEX addresses that are the
Units). same.
Duplicate address • The 2A Series heat recovery unit applies only
3. Adjust the HEX address dial found on the
&1RRI error of the heat to heat recovery systems communicating at a heat recovery units (error of the rotary
Heat Recovery Unit recovery unit (2A baud rate of 9,600 bps. switch address settings on the heat recov-
Series).
• The 485 modem is the communications style on ery unit).
the bus that is 1e outdoor unit to many indoor 4. The power wiring and / or the communica-
units. tion cable connection of the heat recovery
unit is defective.
5. The heat recovery unit PCB is defective.

1. Check if the rotary switch settings on each heat recovery unit PCB are set correctly. If not, set the rotary switches again, verifying that the
settings are different on the different heat recovery units.
2. Reset the outdoor unit and the power of the heat recovery unit so that the updated rotary switch settings are applied / saved to the sys-
tem.

Error Codes
3. After Step No. 2 is complete, perform auto addressing again.
4. If the error occurs again even after auto addressing is complete, replace the corresponding heat recovery PCB.

• Error Code 206C only occurs on heat recovery units with a 485 modem (2A Series heat recovery units; 9,600 bps communication).
• Refer to the outdoor unit installation manual for heat recovery unit rotary switch address settings.

485 Modem on 2A Series Heat Recovery Units

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 205
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 237
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

Communication 1. Check if the outdoor unit has been powered
Indoor unit communications PCB is not receiv- and if auto addressing has occurred.
error between
ing signal from outdoor unit communications
237 outdoor unit PCB 2. Check communication cable.
PCB for more than 3 minutes. Check RS-485
and indoor unit 3. Check outdoor unit communication mod-
communications for issues.
PCB. ule.

No
Is the outdoor unit powered? Turn on power to the outdoor unit.

Yes
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Has the auto address- No Perform the auto addressing procedure.

ing procedure been per- Verify that it was successful with no errors.
formed?
Yes
1. Check the communication cable between
outdoor unit and indoor unit. Reconnect
communication cable.
Is the communication cable No
2. Check if communication cable / con-
connected correctly?
nections are properly installed and / or
damaged. Replace communication cable
/ connections if necessary.

Is the outdoor unit No Check if outdoor unit communication

communication module oper- module installation and connections are
ating properly? correct; if not reconnect and / or reinstall.

See also Error Code No. 05: Indoor Unit PCB Communication Error between Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit, and Error Code No. 238: Outdoor Unit
PCB Communication Error Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
206
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 238
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

Communication 1. Check if the outdoor unit has been powered
Indoor unit communications PCB is not receiv-
error between and if auto addressing has occurred.
ing signal from outdoor unit communications
238 outdoor unit PCB
PCB for more than 3 minutes. Check outdoor 2. Check communication cable.
and indoor unit
unit PCB communications for issues. 3. Check outdoor unit PCB.
PCB.

No
Is the outdoor unit powered? Turn on power to the outdoor unit.

Yes

Has the auto address- No Perform the auto addressing procedure.

ing procedure been per- Verify that it was successful with no errors.
formed?
Yes
1. Check the communication cable between

Error Codes
outdoor unit and indoor unit. Reconnect
communication cable.
Is the communication cable No
2. Check if communication cable / con-
connected correctly?
nections are properly installed and / or
damaged. Replace communication cable
/ connections if necessary.

Is the outdoor unit No Check if outdoor unit communication

communication PCB operat- PCB installation and connections are
ing properly? correct; if not reconnect and / or reinstall.

See also Error Code No. 05: Indoor Unit PCB Communication Error between Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit, and Error Code No. 237: RS-485 Com-
munication Error Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 207
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
ERROR CODES
Error No. 242
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Error No. Description Details Causes

242 1. RS-485 communication wiring defect.
2. Communication defect between remote
Master: 2421 controller and indoor unit.
Network error. Network error of central controller.
Slave 1: 2422 3. RS-485 DIP switch setting error.
4. Indoor unit addressing setting error on
Slave 2: 2423
central controller.

Is the communications
cable of the RS-485 properly No
Reconnect RS-485 communications cable.
connected.
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Yes

No
Are any indoor unit Reset any indoor unit addresses that are
addresses repeated? repeated.

Yes

No
Is the simple central con- Set the slave mode with the simple central
troller setting correct? controller after the system is reset.

Yes

Recheck power and installation.

Communications LED Between the Network and the Outdoor Unit

(The communications LED flashes on and off when communica-
tion is normal between the network and the outdoor unit.)
Incorrect RS-485 Communication Wiring

Images here are representative of system components. Actual component appearance depends on model and system type.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
208
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
REPLACING THE INVERTER
PCB HEAT SINK

Replacing the Inverter PCB Heat Sink

If the inverter PCB is replaced at any time, the heat sink must be replaced.

,IWKHUHLVQ¶WDQ\KHDWVLQNSDVWHRULVQ¶WDVXI¿FLHQWDPRXQWRIKHDWVLQNSDVWHEHWZHHQWKHLQYHUWHU3&%DQGWKHRXWGRRUXQLWKHDWVLQNSODWHWKH
XQLWZLOORYHUKHDWFDXVLQJD¿UHSK\VLFDOLQMXU\RUGHDWK

,IWKHUHLVQ¶WDQ\KHDWVLQNSDVWHRULVQ¶WDVXI¿FLHQWDPRXQWRIKHDWVLQNSDVWHEHWZHHQWKHLQYHUWHU3&%DQGWKHRXWGRRUXQLWKHDWVLQNSODWHWKH
unit will overheat and damage the PCB and outdoor unit.

1. Remove inverter PCB by detaching its screws using a JIS screwdriver.

Only use a JIS screwdriver. A standard Phillips screwdriver will damage / strip the inverter PCB screw heads.

2. Wipe off any existing heat sink paste material from the inverter PCB heat sink plate, as well as from the outdoor unit heat sink plate.
Gently scrape off as much heat sink paste material as possible, taking care not to damage the back of the inverter PCB or the outdoor unit

Error Codes
heat sink plate.

3. Evenly apply a coating of silicone-based electronic heat sink paste to the inverter PCB heat plate. Verify all applicable areas of the PCB
heat plate are completely covered. Do not let foreign matter settle onto the heat sink paste.

4. Reinstall the inverter PCB by reattaching its screws with a JIS screwdriver. Tighten the screws, but do not overtighten.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 209
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING INPUT VOLTAGE IN CASE
OF POWER ON
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

&KHFNLQJ,QSXW9ROWDJH7KUHH3KDVH7KUHH:LUH
Figure 79: Checking Input Voltage. Figure 80: Multi-Meter.

Inverter Inverter Red

PCB PCB

R S T R S T

Black
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

Table 90: Input Voltage Measurements.

Multi-Meter Measured Value
Check Mode
Black Red Normal Abnormal
Input Voltage R S
220V 460V (3-Phase/3-Wire AC R T 220V±15%
220V) S T Not
R S Normal
Input Voltage
(3-Phase /3-Wire AC R T 460V±15%
Terminal R S T R S T Terminal 460V) S T

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
210
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING MAIN PCB DC VOLTAGE
IN CASE OF POWER ON
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Checking Main PCB DC Voltage

Figure 81: Checking Main PCB DC Voltage (SMPS Voltage). Figure 82: Multi-Meter (Note the
Probe Color).
5V

Red
12 11
14 13
16 15
18 17
20 19
22 21
24 23
24 23
26 25
28 27
1
3
5
7
9
10
2
4
6
8

12.0V
GND2
Vdc

Black
Main
5.0V Ext.
Vdc

Error Codes
12.0V

Vdc

Comm
5.0V
Vdc
Main
Ext.
1 2 3 4 5 6

GND1 5V

Table 91: Main PCB DC Voltage (SMPS Voltage) Measurements.

Multi-Meter Measured Value
Check Mode
Black Red Normal Abnormal
5V 5V 4.5V~5.5V 9Ļ
Main Ext. GND2
12V 12V 11.5V~12.5V 9Ļ
DC
5V 5V 4.5V~5.5V 9Ļ
Comm. GND3
12V 12V 11.5V~12.5V 9Ļ

WARNING
Use caution when measuring the voltage; GND is separated. There is risk of electric shock, and physical injury or death.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 211
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING CONVERTER DC LINK
VOLTAGE IN CASE OF COMPRESSOR OPERATING
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Figure 83: Checking Converter DC Link Voltage. Figure 84: Multi-Meter (Note the
Probe Color).
One Compressor Two Compressors

Red

Black
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

P N N

Table 92: Converter DC Link Voltage Measurements.

Multi-Meter Measured Value
Check Mode
Black Red Normal Abnormal
DC Link 3-Phase / 3-Wire / 220V N P 310V±20% 9Ļ9Ĺ
DC
Voltage 3-Phase / 3-Wire / 460V N P 650V±20% 9Ļ9Ĺ

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
212
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING ODU TO ODU
COMM. (DC VOLTAGE) IN CASE OF POWER ON
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Figure 85: Checking ODU to ODU Communications (DC Voltage) (Slave Unit). Figure 86: Multi-Meter (Note the
Multi V 5 Probe Color).
5V GND3 Comm. Connector
(pin1) (pin2) (White) Red

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 23 25 27

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 24 26 28

Black
GND3
(pin2)

Table 93: ODU to ODU Communications (DC Voltage) Measurements.

Multi-Meter Measured Value
Check Mode
Black Red Normal Abnormal
Main (DC-Comm.) DC GND3 (pin2) 5V (pin1) 4.5V~5.5V 9Ļ

Error Codes

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 213
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
CHECKING INVERTER PCB IN CASE
OF POWER OFF
Please refer to the Safety Precautions on pages 4-7 for more detail to prevent injury or death regarding the operation and service
WARNING troubleshooting of the Multi V product.

Figure 87: Checking Inverter PCB. Figure 88: Multi-Meter.

Red

N
R P Black

S
BLACK (-)
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

V RED (+)
W

Table 94: Inverter PCB Measurements.

Multi-Meter Measured Value
Check Mode
Black Red Normal Abnormal
5V Part Resistance ȍ GND 5V NĹ NĻa
15V Part Resistance ȍ GND 15V NĹ NĻa
U
P-(UVW) V
W
U
V N
W 0.38V ~ 0.7 V
IGBTM Not normal
R
P-(RST) S
T
R
S N
T
Diode (9EA) - 0.38 ~ 0.7 V Not normal

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
214
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
POWER SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS

Figure 89: Power Wiring Diagram (Three phase 220V).

DC 310V
Noise Filter Inverter Fan
3Phase
220V

1Phase
Main External
220V

15V, 5V, GND1

Error Codes
12V, 5V, GND2
12V, 5V, GND3 485
Comm. Module

Figure 90: Power Wiring Diagram (Three phase 460V).

Noise Filter Inverter Fan
3Phase
460V

1Phase 1Phase
460V Main External
220V

Trans

15V, 5V, GND1

12V, 5V, GND2
12V, 5V, GND3 485
Comm. Module

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 215
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
PCB LOCATIONS

UX B Outdoor Unit Control UX A Outdoor Unit Control UX A Outdoor Unit Control Box
Box (Front View) Box (Back View)
Main PCB

Inverter Main
PCB PCB

Noise Filter
Noise - Back View
Filter
Inverter
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

PCB External
PCB

External
PCB
Fan
PCB
Fan Terminal Block
Terminal Block PCB

Fan PCB

IDU-ODU
Communication
PCBA

Main PCB External PCB Inverter PCB Noise Filter

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
216
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs

Main PCB
CN_OPT_01~03 CN_COMM DP1 DP1 CN_PIPE_COMM

CN_LGMV
JIG1~2 CN_FLASH
CN_FLASH CN_DEBUG
CN_INPUT

Parts
CN_HP_SW

CN_INV

CN_EXT SW01D SW02C SW04D

CN_EXT
CN_COMMR SW01C SW03C

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 217
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs

External PCB
CN_WRITE_RD

CN22_AC_PATH_YL CN_LGMV_YL

CN09_CYCLE_BL

CN10_AC_IN_WH

CN40_EEV1_H_RD
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

CN25_BASEPAN_BK CN41_EEV2_L_WH

CN23_INJ_SUC_GY
CN42_SC_EEV_BL

CN21_RCV_OUT_GR

CN19_HEX_H_WH
CN44_VI_EEV1_OR
CN17_OILBAL2_OR

CN15_4WAY2_BR CN45_VI_EEV2_BR

CN12_SUMP_C2_YL
CN36_TEMP1_GR
CN13_ACC_OIL_WH

CN37_TEMP2_YL
CN28_HP_SW_GY
CN38_TEMP3_VI

CN11_SUMP_C1_BL
CN39_TEMP4_BK
CN14_4WAY1_BK
CN09_OIL_C1_YL
CN16_OILVAL1_VI
CN08_OIL_C2_BR

CN18_HEX_L_VI

CN22_RCV_IN_RD
CN34_P_H_RD

CN33_P_L_BL
Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing
date, model, system type, etc. CN32_HUMID_BK

CN31_SNOW_WH

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
218
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs

Inverter PCB for 208-230V Outdoor Units (17kW)

CN_INPUT_VOLT_T

CN_INPUT_VOLT_S

CN_INPUT_VOLT_R

Parts
CN_INPUT_VOLT_R

CN_INPUT_VOLT_R

CN_INPUT_VOLT_R
CN_LGMV_YL
CN_FLASH_RD
CN_DEB_WH

CN_AC_OUT_BK CN_FAN_15V_BK CN_COMM_IN_RD

CN_AC_IN_BK
CN_COMM_OUT_BL

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 219
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs

Inverter PCB for 208-230V Outdoor Units (12kW)

CN_INPUT_VOLT_T
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

CN_INPUT_VOLT_S

CN_INPUT_VOLT_R

CN_INPUT_VOLT_R
CN_LGMV_YL
CN_FLASH_RD
CN_DEB_WH

CN_AC_OUT_BK CN_FAN_15V_BK CN_COMM_IN_RD

CN_AC_IN_BK
CN_COMM_OUT_BL

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
220
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs

Inverter PCB for 460V Outdoor Units (17kW)

CN_INPUT_VOLT_T

CN_INPUT_VOLT_S

CN_INPUT_VOLT_R
CN_LGMV_YL

CN_INPUT_VOLT_R

Parts
CN_FLASH_RD
CN_INPUT_VOLT_R
CN_DEB_WH

CN_AC_OUT_BK CN_COMM_IN_RD
CN_AC_IN_BK CN_FAN_15V_BK CN_COMM_OUT_BL

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 221
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs

Inverter PCB for 460V Outdoor Units (12kW)

CN_INPUT_VOLT_T

CN_INPUT_VOLT_S
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

CN_INPUT_VOLT_R
CN_LGMV_YL

CN_INPUT_VOLT_R

CN_FLASH_RD
CN_INPUT_VOLT_R
CN_DEB_WH

CN_AC_OUT_BK CN_COMM_IN_RD
CN_AC_IN_BK CN_FAN_15V_BK CN_COMM_OUT_BL

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
222
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs

Fan PCB
CN_DCLINK_YL

CN_FAN2_UVW_RD

CN_JTAG_RD

CN_FLASH_RD

Parts
CN_LGMV_YL

CN_FAN1_UVW_RD

CN_INV_BK CN_COMM_OUT_WH

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 223
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCB

Noise Filter PCB for 208-230V Noise Filter PCB for 208-230V
Outdoor Units (17kW) Outdoor Units (12kW)
CN_INV_S CN_INV_S
CN_INV_R CN_INV_T CN_INV_R CN_INV_T

CN1 CN1
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

CN_INV_R CN_INV_T
CN_INV_R CN_INV_T
CN_INV_S
CN_INV_S

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
224
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs

Noise Filter PCB for 460V Outdoor Noise Filter PCB for 460V Outdoor
Units (17kW) Units (12kW)
CN_INV_S CN_INV_S
CN_INV_R CN_INV_R CN_INV_T
CN_INV_T

Parts
CN_INV_R CN_INV_T CN_INV_R CN_INV_T
CN_INV_S CN_INV_S

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 225
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs - Expanded Internal View

PCBs - Expanded Internal View for 6-Ton (Small Frame) Outdoor Units

268711F
268711A

249950
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

268711B W6200

W49200
261704
W6640 460V Outdoor
Units Only

268711C 268711E

W6631A

268711G

Table 95: PCBs - Internal View for 6-Ton (Small Frame) Outdoor Units Harness List.
Type Part No. Description Color
Multiple Harness W6631A Inverter PCB to Compressor Power Wiring -
Single Harness W6631C Main PCB to External PCB Communication Cable White - White
Single Harness W6631D Fan PCB to Inverter PCB DC Link Yellow - Yellow
Single Harness W6631E Main PCB to External PCB Communication Cable Blue - Blue
Single Harness W6631F Main PCB to External PCB Power Wiring White - White
Single Harness W6631G Main PCB to Inverter PCB Communication Cable White to Blue
W6631H
Single Harness Noise Filter PCB to Main PCB Power Wiring Black - Black
(208-230V Outdoor Units Only)
Single Harness W6631J Main PCB to Inverter PCB Power Wiring Black - Black
Multiple Harness W6631K Fan PCB to Inverter PCB Communication Cable Black - Red - Yellow
Single Harness W6631L Indoor Unit Communication PCB to Main PCB Communication Cable White - White

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
226
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs - Expanded Internal View

PCBs - Expanded Internal View for 8- and 10-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor
Units

460V Outdoor
Units Only 268711F

249950 261704

268711A

268711B

W6200
W6640

268711C

W49200

Parts
268711E

RAC31217901
W6631A

Inverter PCB Grease

268711G

Table 96: PCBs - Internal View for 8- and 10-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor Units Harness List.
Type Part No. Description Color
Multiple Harness W6631A Inverter PCB to Compressor Power Wiring -
Single Harness W6631C Main PCB to External PCB Communication Cable White - White
Single Harness W6631D Fan PCB to Inverter PCB DC Link Yellow - Yellow
Single Harness W6631E Main PCB to External PCB Communication Cable Blue - Blue
Single Harness W6631F Main PCB to External PCB Power Wiring White - White
Single Harness W6631G Main PCB to Inverter PCB Communication Cable White to Blue
W6631H
Single Harness Noise Filter PCB to Main PCB Power Wiring Black - Black
(208-230V Outdoor Units Only)
Single Harness W6631J Main PCB to Inverter PCB Power Wiring Black - Black
Multiple Harness W6631K Fan PCB to Inverter PCB Communication Cable Black - Red - Yellow
Single Harness W6631L Indoor Unit Communication PCB to Main PCB Communication Cable White - White

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 227
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
PCBs - Expanded Internal View

PCBs - Expanded Internal View for 12- to 20-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor Units

460V Outdoor
Units Only 268711F
261704
249950
268711A
W6200

268711B
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

W6200
W6640

268711C
C

W49200
268711E

RAC31217901
W6631A W6631B

Inverter PCB Grease

268711G

Table 97: PCBs - Internal View for 12- to 20-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor Units Harness List.
Type Part No. Description Color
Multiple Harness W6631A Inverter 1 PCB to Compressor 1 Power Wiring -
Multiple Harness W6631B Inverter 2 PCB to Compressor 2 Power Wiring -
Single Harness W6631C Main PCB to External PCB Communication Cable White - White
Single Harness W6631D Fan PCB to Inverter PCB DC Link Yellow - Yellow
Single Harness W6631E Main PCB to External PCB Communication Cable Blue - Blue
Single Harness W6631F Main PCB to External PCB Power Wiring White - White
Single Harness W6631G Main PCB to Inverter PCB Communication Cable White to Blue
W6631H
Single Harness Noise Filter PCB to Main PCB Power Wiring Black - Black
(208-230V Outdoor Units Only)
Single Harness W6631J Main PCB to Inverter PCB Power Wiring Black - Black
Multiple Harness W6631K Fan PCB to Inverter PCB Communication Cable Black - Red - Yellow
Single Harness W6631L Indoor Unit Communication PCB to Main PCB Communication Cable White - White
Single Harness W6631M Inverter 1 PCB to Inverter 2 PCB Power Wiring Black - Black
Single Harness W6631N Inverter 1 PCB to Inverter 2 PCB Communication Cable Red - White

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
228
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
Expanded Frame View

Expanded Frame View for 6-Ton (Small Frame) Outdoor Units

148000A
137213A 435512
237204A

148000A

237203

135303

559010

546810 149980
W4810C

Parts
W4810B

135500C
135500D

237202
435511
437211

135500A 554031
147780
(Base Leg)
135500B 430411
W4986A (Base Pan)
430410
(Base Assembly)
237204B 148000A

137213B
W4986B 148000A
(Soundproof for Compressor)

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 229
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
Expanded Frame View

Expanded Frame View for 8- and 10-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor Units
148000A
137213A
237204A
148000A
549990 (Shroud Assembly)
435512
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

237203

135303
149980
559010
W4810C
546810

135500D

135500C 554031
W4810B

437211

435511

135500A

135500B 430411
148000
(Base Pan)
147780
237202 (Base Leg)

W4986A 430410
(Base Assembly)
148000A
137213B
237204B
148000A

W4986B
(Soundproof for Compressor)

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
230
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
Expanded Frame View

Expanded Frame View for 12- to 20-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor Units
148000A
137213A
237204A
148000A
549990 (Shroud Assembly)
435512

237203

135303
149980
559010
W4810C
546810

Parts
135500D

135500C 554031
W4810B

437211

435511

135500A

135500B 430411
148000
(Base Pan)
W4986A 147780
237202 (Base Leg)
430410
(Base Assembly)
148000A
137213B
237204B
148000A

W4986B
(Soundproof for Compressor 1 / Compressor 2)

Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing date, model, system type, etc.

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 231
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
Expanded Piping View

Expanded Piping View for 6-Ton (Small Frame) Outdoor Units

352114A 552115 55211GB 352111C 55211GA 552116 552114A
561410L (Coil)
552201B
552202
552209B 165000B 559993
165000A

552209A
552204F
561410H
552201E 265021
352111B
566001
552202 552201C
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

561410G
(Coil)
552117
352114B W49210
352111A
552204G
552209C
561410E 661400B
(Coil)
552200
552204A
561410A 561410F
(Coil) (Coil)
561410B 552204D
552201D 148000C
(Coil)

548490
548490A
552204B Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing
561410C
date, model, system type, etc.
552204B
561410D
(Coil) 554160A

W48602 550140
W49810C
552203A
552203C W49810A 553000

552203C Compressor 1 Oil Level Sensor Compressor 1 Sump Heater

Table 98: Temperature Sensor Parts List for 6-Ton (Small Frame) Outdoor Units.
Type Part No. Description Color
Temperature Sensor 1 263230A 6XE&RRO2XW+HDW([FKDQJHU8SSHU7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU/LTXLG3LSH Yellow
Temperature Sensor 2 263230B 6XFWLRQ3LSH+HDW([FKDQJHU7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU,QYHUWHU'LVFKDUJH Purple
Temperature Sensor 3 263230C Air Green
Temperature Sensor 4 263230D +HDW([FKDQJHU/RZHU7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU6XE&RRO,Q Black

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
232
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
Expanded Piping View

Expanded Piping View for 8- and 10-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor Units
352114A 55211GB 352111C 55211GA 552116 552114A
552202 552201B
165000A
552209B 561410L
559993
(Coil) 165000B

552201E 352111B
552209A 552204F
561410H 265021
552115
(Coil) 552200 552202
566001
661400B 561410G 552201C
552204G 552204A
(Coil)
561410E 561410A
(Coil) 352111A

352114B 561410B 552209C

(Coil)
W49210 148000C
552117

552204D

Parts
561410F
552201D (Coil)

548490 Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing

548490A date, model, system type, etc.
552204B
561410C
552204B W49810A 553000
561410D
(Coil) 554160A

W48602 550140
W49810C Compressor 1 Oil Level Sensor Compressor 1 Sump Heater
552203A
552203B

552203C

Table 99: Temperature Sensor Parts List for 8- and 10-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor Units.
Type Part No. Description Color
Temperature Sensor 1 263230A 6XE&RRO2XW+HDW([FKDQJHU8SSHU7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU/LTXLG3LSH Yellow
Temperature Sensor 2 263230B 6XFWLRQ3LSH+HDW([FKDQJHU7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU,QYHUWHU'LVFKDUJH Purple
Temperature Sensor 3 263230C Air Green
Temperature Sensor 4 263230D +HDW([FKDQJHU/RZHU7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU6XE&RRO,Q Black

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. 233
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS
Expanded Piping View

Expanded Piping View for 12- to 20-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor Units
352114A 55211GB 352111C 55211GA 552116 552114A
552202A 552201B
561410L
165000A
552209A 552201E (Coil) 559993
265021
552209B 566001
352111B
552204F
552204G
561410H
561410E 552200 552202B
552204A (Coil)
(Coil) 661400B 561410G
561410A
552115
(Coil)
(Coil) (Coil) 165000B 552201C
MULTI V 5 Outdoor Unit Service Manual

561410B
352111A 552114B
(Coil)
352114B 552209C 552209D 552201B

148000C 559993
W49210 352111D
552204E
552117

552204D
561410J 561410K 561410F
552201C
552201D (Coil) (Coil) (Coil)

548490A 548490 Actual component appearances may differ depending on manufacturing

552204B date, model, system type, etc.
561410C W49810A 553000A
(Coil)

552204B 554160A
561410D Compressor 1 Oil Level Sensor Compressor 1 Sump Heater
W48602
552203A (Coil)
W49810B 553000B
552203B 550140

552203C

W49810C Compressor 2 Oil Level Sensor Compressor 2 Sump Heater

Table 100: Temperature Sensor Parts List for 8- and 10-Ton (Large Frame) Outdoor Units.
Type Part No. Description Color
Temperature Sensor 1 263230A 6XE&RRO2XW+HDW([FKDQJHU8SSHU7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU/LTXLG3LSH Yellow
Temperature Sensor 2 263230B 6XFWLRQ3LSH+HDW([FKDQJHU7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU,QYHUWHU'LVFKDUJH Purple
Temperature Sensor 3 263230C Air Green
Temperature Sensor 4 263230D +HDW([FKDQJHU/RZHU7HPSHUDWXUH6HQVRU6XE&RRO,Q Black

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification.
234
©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. “LG” is a registered trademark of LG Corp.
20001747 ISO 9001: 2008

LG ELECTRONICS INC.

To access additional technical documentation such as submittals, indoor

unit engineering manuals, installation, product data performance, general
best practice, and building ventilation manuals, as well as white
papers, catalogs, LATS software programs, and more, visit
www.lghvac.com.

LG Customer Information Center, Commercial Products

1-888-865-3026 USA
LG Electronics, U.S.A., Inc.
Follow the prompts for commercial A/C products.
Air Conditioning Technologies
4300 North Point Parkway
Alpharetta, Georgia 30022 SM_MultiV_5_OutdoorUnits_09_18
www.lghvac.com Supersedes: SM_MultiV_5_OutdoorUnits_07_18

LG Multi V IV Serivce Manual
100% (1)
LG Multi V IV Serivce Manual
150 pages
SM MultiV IV Air Outdoor Units 4 15 - 20150414080917
No ratings yet
SM MultiV IV Air Outdoor Units 4 15 - 20150414080917
150 pages
SM MultiV IV Air Outdoor Units 4 15 - 20150414080917
100% (4)
SM MultiV IV Air Outdoor Units 4 15 - 20150414080917
150 pages
OM MultiV 5 OutdoorUnits PDF
100% (1)
OM MultiV 5 OutdoorUnits PDF
88 pages
Service Manual: Variable Refrigerant Flow Outdoor Units 2 To 5 Tons
No ratings yet
Service Manual: Variable Refrigerant Flow Outdoor Units 2 To 5 Tons
166 pages
LG MultiV III - Catalogue
100% (1)
LG MultiV III - Catalogue
13 pages
Multi V 5 Trouble Shooting Guide - 20210203 - 09
100% (1)
Multi V 5 Trouble Shooting Guide - 20210203 - 09
294 pages
LGMV Mobile Manual
100% (1)
LGMV Mobile Manual
46 pages
2011-6-15 Service Manual - Expanded - Multi V III 208 - 460v - Heat Pump Unit - mfl54555526 - 20120105122839 PDF
100% (1)
2011-6-15 Service Manual - Expanded - Multi V III 208 - 460v - Heat Pump Unit - mfl54555526 - 20120105122839 PDF
43 pages
Outside Unit: Service Manual
100% (1)
Outside Unit: Service Manual
111 pages
2008-11-14 Service Manual - General - Multi V Plus II Outdoor Unit - mfl50459503 - 20120105122839 PDF
No ratings yet
2008-11-14 Service Manual - General - Multi V Plus II Outdoor Unit - mfl50459503 - 20120105122839 PDF
134 pages
CHIGO VRF System Error Codes Guide
100% (1)
CHIGO VRF System Error Codes Guide
118 pages
TYPE4 Checker Manual SEO Guide
No ratings yet
TYPE4 Checker Manual SEO Guide
56 pages
Technical Service Manual: TVR II Systems
50% (2)
Technical Service Manual: TVR II Systems
37 pages
MINI VRF Service Manual
0% (1)
MINI VRF Service Manual
322 pages
3828A24006X
No ratings yet
3828A24006X
51 pages
UM MobileLGMV iOS Tablet
100% (1)
UM MobileLGMV iOS Tablet
44 pages
Operation Manual VRV III All - Daikin
100% (1)
Operation Manual VRV III All - Daikin
20 pages
Owner'S Manual: Full DC Inverter Xpower VRF Outdoor Unit
No ratings yet
Owner'S Manual: Full DC Inverter Xpower VRF Outdoor Unit
11 pages
Multi V Water IV Outside Unit Service Manual Exploded View Model Arwb Las4
No ratings yet
Multi V Water IV Outside Unit Service Manual Exploded View Model Arwb Las4
33 pages
Multi V IV - HP - 380V - Manual - Service - 20130710 PDF
100% (1)
Multi V IV - HP - 380V - Manual - Service - 20130710 PDF
138 pages
DVM Fault Codes and Diagnosis
100% (1)
DVM Fault Codes and Diagnosis
84 pages
TM Midea V8 PRO VRF R410A Engineering Data Book Standard 20220927 V3
No ratings yet
TM Midea V8 PRO VRF R410A Engineering Data Book Standard 20220927 V3
265 pages
PDF Catalogue - CNCQ - VRF HITACHI
No ratings yet
PDF Catalogue - CNCQ - VRF HITACHI
44 pages
Multi V IV Trouble Shooting 2016 PDF
100% (3)
Multi V IV Trouble Shooting 2016 PDF
167 pages
Multi v5 (076-215)
No ratings yet
Multi v5 (076-215)
140 pages
VRF Controller Installation Guide
No ratings yet
VRF Controller Installation Guide
20 pages
2011-12-15 Service Manual - General - Multi V Water II Units - mfl67103701 - 20120105122839 PDF
100% (1)
2011-12-15 Service Manual - General - Multi V Water II Units - mfl67103701 - 20120105122839 PDF
100 pages
GD Chigo Heating & Ventilation Equipment Co., LTD.: Technical Support Division 2016-7
No ratings yet
GD Chigo Heating & Ventilation Equipment Co., LTD.: Technical Support Division 2016-7
42 pages
TRANE - TVRII Manual Técnico
100% (1)
TRANE - TVRII Manual Técnico
19 pages
Lennox He 460V Service Manual
No ratings yet
Lennox He 460V Service Manual
332 pages
O-General VRF PDF
100% (1)
O-General VRF PDF
15 pages
MDV Outdoor Manual
0% (1)
MDV Outdoor Manual
367 pages
Dvm+s Wind+Free+4way+m4way Service+Manual-00211e 1 180206
0% (1)
Dvm+s Wind+Free+4way+m4way Service+Manual-00211e 1 180206
156 pages
LGMV Manual For LGMV Module - MFL42540213
No ratings yet
LGMV Manual For LGMV Module - MFL42540213
19 pages
VRV-4 Heat Recovery Service Manual
100% (1)
VRV-4 Heat Recovery Service Manual
266 pages
VRF DVM S2 Troubleshooting EU EN 2021 Ver0.01
100% (1)
VRF DVM S2 Troubleshooting EU EN 2021 Ver0.01
207 pages
AHU Conversion Kit Application Guide
No ratings yet
AHU Conversion Kit Application Guide
69 pages
TVR II All Inverter - Water-Cooled - 220V-60Hz-3ph - Technical Service Manual
No ratings yet
TVR II All Inverter - Water-Cooled - 220V-60Hz-3ph - Technical Service Manual
21 pages
Technical Service Manual: V4 Plus K Series VRF
100% (3)
Technical Service Manual: V4 Plus K Series VRF
169 pages
SMMS Toshiba. VRF
100% (2)
SMMS Toshiba. VRF
125 pages
Multi V IV - Engineer Manual
86% (7)
Multi V IV - Engineer Manual
152 pages
DB AVX-B-R134a-50-60Hz
No ratings yet
DB AVX-B-R134a-50-60Hz
32 pages
Databook & Service Manual - 380 415V VRF HR ODU - Ver 1.0
No ratings yet
Databook & Service Manual - 380 415V VRF HR ODU - Ver 1.0
105 pages
Manual de Servicios VRF GMV5
No ratings yet
Manual de Servicios VRF GMV5
419 pages
Yeaj Iom
78% (18)
Yeaj Iom
99 pages
10-CMV Troubleshooting Presentation 140401
No ratings yet
10-CMV Troubleshooting Presentation 140401
118 pages
VRF v6 Service Manual 20180419
No ratings yet
VRF v6 Service Manual 20180419
136 pages
CIAT Space Gas Control Manual
No ratings yet
CIAT Space Gas Control Manual
136 pages
2018 Trouble Shooting Guide Book - Multi V 5 - Global
100% (4)
2018 Trouble Shooting Guide Book - Multi V 5 - Global
227 pages
York VRF Error Codes: Skip To Content
100% (1)
York VRF Error Codes: Skip To Content
7 pages
VRV Heat Pump Service Manual - Daikin SiUS39-601
100% (2)
VRV Heat Pump Service Manual - Daikin SiUS39-601
273 pages
SM Si10-417 C Service Diagnosis Tcm135-220033
100% (2)
SM Si10-417 C Service Diagnosis Tcm135-220033
255 pages
Brc1e62 PDF
No ratings yet
Brc1e62 PDF
64 pages
Databook - Toshiba - SMMS-7
100% (1)
Databook - Toshiba - SMMS-7
139 pages
Multi v5 (001-075)
No ratings yet
Multi v5 (001-075)
75 pages
Airstage VRF Inverter System Manual
No ratings yet
Airstage VRF Inverter System Manual
214 pages
Installation Manual: Variable Refrigerant Flow Outdoor Units 6.0 To 42.0 Tons
No ratings yet
Installation Manual: Variable Refrigerant Flow Outdoor Units 6.0 To 42.0 Tons
208 pages
Installation Manual: Heat Pump and Heat Recovery Outdoor VRF Condensing Units
No ratings yet
Installation Manual: Heat Pump and Heat Recovery Outdoor VRF Condensing Units
204 pages
Rxq-Arv1, Rxmq-Arv1, Rxmq-Ary1 Service Manual 1
No ratings yet
Rxq-Arv1, Rxmq-Arv1, Rxmq-Ary1 Service Manual 1
377 pages
1.7 Water QP
No ratings yet
1.7 Water QP
4 pages
Egg Production for Farmers
No ratings yet
Egg Production for Farmers
27 pages
Designation Appointment - NSTP Coordinator
No ratings yet
Designation Appointment - NSTP Coordinator
2 pages
Thermal and Physical Properties of Modern Refrigerants - A Comprehensive Analysis With Focus On Ozone
No ratings yet
Thermal and Physical Properties of Modern Refrigerants - A Comprehensive Analysis With Focus On Ozone
6 pages
Ethos UP Rotor Guide: SK-15 & MAXI-44
No ratings yet
Ethos UP Rotor Guide: SK-15 & MAXI-44
2 pages
Incest and Its Punishment
No ratings yet
Incest and Its Punishment
8 pages
Automatic Water Dispenser Using Arduino: January 2021
No ratings yet
Automatic Water Dispenser Using Arduino: January 2021
7 pages
Mobin Bhati Construction Company
No ratings yet
Mobin Bhati Construction Company
5 pages
Engine Performance and Efficiency
No ratings yet
Engine Performance and Efficiency
33 pages
Distance Relay in Power Systems
No ratings yet
Distance Relay in Power Systems
8 pages
Avenue Supermarts LTD, Nashik - SVR
No ratings yet
Avenue Supermarts LTD, Nashik - SVR
14 pages
The DEA in Mexico
No ratings yet
The DEA in Mexico
18 pages
Companies
67% (6)
Companies
1,197 pages
Botany Summary
No ratings yet
Botany Summary
10 pages
Case Study On The Quantitative Restriction On Rice Imports in The Philippines
100% (2)
Case Study On The Quantitative Restriction On Rice Imports in The Philippines
18 pages
STP 1589-2017
No ratings yet
STP 1589-2017
306 pages
Aoz1360 A&o
No ratings yet
Aoz1360 A&o
12 pages
Avani Thakkar: Profile & Family Details
No ratings yet
Avani Thakkar: Profile & Family Details
2 pages
My World in English Ages 7-9
No ratings yet
My World in English Ages 7-9
18 pages
Manual For Stomacher SYCLON-04C
No ratings yet
Manual For Stomacher SYCLON-04C
3 pages
Health Promotion
No ratings yet
Health Promotion
47 pages
Tecnofil Catalogo2022
No ratings yet
Tecnofil Catalogo2022
8 pages
Cobra Fitness Method Full Version
No ratings yet
Cobra Fitness Method Full Version
10 pages
Pocket Book
No ratings yet
Pocket Book
7 pages
Global Service Learning: M325D MH / M325D L MH Material Handlers
100% (3)
Global Service Learning: M325D MH / M325D L MH Material Handlers
52 pages
Spark Biology Book
No ratings yet
Spark Biology Book
472 pages
Mahal N. Tamondong (Masp 206 Midterm)
No ratings yet
Mahal N. Tamondong (Masp 206 Midterm)
12 pages
Menu Cycle For A Hospital
No ratings yet
Menu Cycle For A Hospital
70 pages
FF Side Mounting Float Switch - B0
No ratings yet
FF Side Mounting Float Switch - B0
15 pages
HOC Xtreme (Dau Thuy Luc)
No ratings yet
HOC Xtreme (Dau Thuy Luc)
11 pages